[opensuse-translation-commit] r97429 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po

Author: keichwa Date: 2017-09-14 14:12:34 +0000 (Thu, 14 Sep 2017) New Revision: 97429 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/caasp.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/country.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/storage.es.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/caasp.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/caasp.es.po 2017-09-14 14:11:31 UTC (rev 97428) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/caasp.es.po 2017-09-14 14:12:34 UTC (rev 97429) @@ -14,37 +14,36 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Title for installation overview dialog -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 +#. Title for installation overview dialog +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de la instalación" -#. Button label: start the installation -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 +#. Button label: start the installation +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 msgid "Install" msgstr "Instalar" -#. %s is a problem description -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 +#. %s is a problem description +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 msgid "" "Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n" "%s" msgstr "" -"Error en la propuesta de software. No es posible continuar con la " -"instalación.\n" +"Error en la propuesta de software. No es posible continuar con la instalación.\n" "%s" -#. @return [String] Widget's label -#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 +#. @return [String] Widget's label +#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 msgid "NTP Servers" msgstr "Servidores NTP" -#. Initializes the widget's value -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 +#. Initializes the widget's value +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 msgid "" "Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n" "%{servers}\n" @@ -56,8 +55,8 @@ "\n" "Introduzca una dirección IP o un nombre de host válidos" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 msgid "" "You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n" "your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n" @@ -71,33 +70,24 @@ "\n" "¿Desea continuar con la instalación?" -#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Problem found when proposing %{client}:<br>Severity: %{severity}<br>Message: " -"%{message}" -msgstr "" -"Problema al proponer %{client}:<br>Gravedad: %{severity}<br>Mensaje: " -"%{message}" +#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 +msgid "Problem found when proposing %{client}:<br>Severity: %{severity}<br>Message: %{message}" +msgstr "Problema al proponer %{client}:<br>Gravedad: %{severity}<br>Mensaje: %{message}" -#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 -msgid "" -"%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." +#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 +msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." msgstr "%s bloquea la instalación. Resuelva el problema antes de continuar." -#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location -#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. -#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 +#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location +#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. +#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 msgid "Administration Node" msgstr "Nodo de administración" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or " -"Hostname" -msgstr "" -"No hay ninguna ubicación válida para el nodo de administración. Introduzca " -"una dirección IP o un nombre de host válidos" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 +msgid "Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hostname" +msgstr "No hay ninguna ubicación válida para el nodo de administración. Introduzca una dirección IP o un nombre de host válidos" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/country.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/country.es.po 2017-09-14 14:11:31 UTC (rev 97428) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/country.es.po 2017-09-14 14:12:34 UTC (rev 97429) @@ -14,63 +14,60 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Configuración del teclado" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Resumen de la configuración del teclado" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Definir nuevos valores para la configuración del teclado." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Mostrar una lista de todas las distribuciones del teclado disponibles." -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Nueva distribución del teclado" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Distribución actual del teclado: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"La distribución del teclado '%1' no es válida. Utilice el comando 'list' " -"para ver los valores posibles." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "La distribución del teclado '%1' no es válida. Utilice el comando 'list' para ver los valores posibles." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Distribución del teclado" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. widget label -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. widget label +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Distribución del &teclado" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -84,81 +81,76 @@ " Si no está seguro, emplee los valores seleccionados por defecto.\n" " </p>" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Los ajustes realizados aquí solo se aplican al teclado de la consola. " -"Configure el teclado de la interfaz gráfica de usuario con otra herramienta." -"</p>\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Los ajustes realizados aquí solo se aplican al teclado de la consola. Configure el teclado de la interfaz gráfica de usuario con otra herramienta.</p>\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "Ajustes avanzados de teclado" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "&Velocidad de repetición" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "Retra&so antes de que empiece la repetición" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "Estados de inicio" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "&Bloq Num activado" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "Configuración del BIOS" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<Sin cambios>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "&Inhabilitar bloqueo de mayúsculas" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Probar" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "Configuración a&vanzada..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<p><big><b>Keyboard Configuration</b></big></p>" @@ -166,27 +158,25 @@ "\n" "<p><big><b>Configuración del teclado</b></big></p>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Elija la </b>Distribución del teclado</b> que desee usar\n" "para la instalación y en el sistema instalado. \n" " Pruebe la distribución mediante <b>Probar</b>.\n" -" Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición " -"o el retraso, haga clic en <b>Ajustes avanzados</b>.\n" +" Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición o el retraso, haga clic en <b>Ajustes avanzados</b>.\n" " </p>\n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -196,30 +186,26 @@ "Si no está seguro, use los valores por defecto ya seleccionados.\n" "</p>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.</p>\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Seleccione la <b>Distribución del teclado</b> que desee usar en el sistema.\n" -"Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición o " -"el retraso, seleccione <b>Configuración avanzada.</b></p>\n" -"<p>Encontrará más opciones y más diseños en la herramienta de distribución " -"de teclado de su entorno de escritorio.</p>\n" +"Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición o el retraso, seleccione <b>Configuración avanzada.</b></p>\n" +"<p>Encontrará más opciones y más diseños en la herramienta de distribución de teclado de su entorno de escritorio.</p>\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de teclado del sistema" -#. help text for keyboard selection widget -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text for keyboard selection widget +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -231,12 +217,12 @@ "en la instalación y en el sistema instalado.\n" "</p>\n" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -246,188 +232,183 @@ " distinta de la del sistema que se va a actualizar.\n" " Seleccione la distribución que desee utilizar durante la actualización:" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "Error al definir el teclado de X11 como %s" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Distribución del teclado<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Idioma<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "Configuración regional" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#. Widget label -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#. Widget label +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Idioma" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "Configuración del idioma" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración del idioma" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "Definir nuevos valores para el idioma" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "Mostrar una lista de todos los idiomas disponibles." -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "Nuevo valor para el idioma" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "Lista de idiomas secundarios (separados por comas)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "No instalar los paquetes específicos de idioma" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "Almacenamiento de configuración de idioma" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "Guardar ajustes de idioma y consola" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "Instalar y desinstalar paquetes afectados" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "Actualizar traducciones del menú del cargador de arranque" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "Guardando ajustes de idioma y consola..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "Instalando y desinstalando paquetes afectados..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "Actualizando traducciones del menú del cargador de arranque..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Guardando configuración</b><br>Espere...</p>" -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Idioma actual: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Idiomas adicionales: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 no es un idioma válido. Utilice el comando de lista para ver los valores " -"posibles." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 no es un idioma válido. Utilice el comando de lista para ver los valores posibles." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "Idioma" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Idiomas" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "Bienvenido a la reparación del sistema" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalles" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "Idiomas &secundarios" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "&Idioma principal" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "Configuración del idioma principal" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Se instalarán los paquetes adicionales que soporten los idiomas principal y " -"secundarios seleccionados. No será necesario eliminar ningún paquete.\n" +"Se instalarán los paquetes adicionales que soporten los idiomas principal y secundarios seleccionados. No será necesario eliminar ningún paquete.\n" "</p>" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\n" @@ -439,20 +420,19 @@ "el sistema instalado.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b> para acceder al siguiente recuadro de " -"diálogo.\n" +"Haga clic en <b>Siguiente</b> para acceder al siguiente recuadro de diálogo.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -464,8 +444,8 @@ "los valores de configuración en el último recuadro de diálogo.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\n" @@ -477,9 +457,9 @@ "interrumpir el proceso de instalación.\n" "</p>\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Language</b> for your system.\n" @@ -489,8 +469,8 @@ "Elija el nuevo <b>Idioma</b> para el sistema.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\n" @@ -500,28 +480,21 @@ "Elija el nuevo <b>Idioma principal</b> para el sistema.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Marque la opción <b>Adaptar la disposición del teclado</b> para adaptar la " -"disposición del teclado al idioma principal.\n" -"Marque <b>Adaptar la zona horaria</b> para cambiar la zona horaria en uso en " -"función del idioma principal. Si la disposición del teclado o la zona " -"horaria ya están adaptadas al idioma por defecto, la opción correspondiente " -"estará inhabilitada.\n" +"Marque la opción <b>Adaptar la disposición del teclado</b> para adaptar la disposición del teclado al idioma principal.\n" +"Marque <b>Adaptar la zona horaria</b> para cambiar la zona horaria en uso en función del idioma principal. Si la disposición del teclado o la zona horaria ya están adaptadas al idioma por defecto, la opción correspondiente estará inhabilitada.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\n" @@ -530,17 +503,16 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Idiomas secundarios:</b><br>\n" -"En el cuadro de selección puede especificar idiomas adicionales que quiera " -"usar en el sistema.\n" +"En el cuadro de selección puede especificar idiomas adicionales que quiera usar en el sistema.\n" "</p>\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "Hay dependencias de paquete sin resolver." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -548,8 +520,8 @@ "No hay espacio suficiente para instalar todos los paquetes adicionales.\n" "Elimine algún idioma de la selección." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -560,12 +532,11 @@ "<p>\n" "Aquí se pueden realizar ajustes precisos para la gestión de idiomas.\n" "Estos ajustes se copian en el archivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" -"Si no tiene claro cómo proceder, utilice los valores por defecto " -"seleccionados.\n" +"Si no tiene claro cómo proceder, utilice los valores por defecto seleccionados.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Locale Settings for User root</b>\n" @@ -573,79 +544,67 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Configuración regional para el usuario root</b>\n" -"permite determinar cómo se definen la configuración regional (LC_*) para el " -"usuario Root.</p>" +"permite determinar cómo se definen la configuración regional (LC_*) para el usuario Root.</p>" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset.<br>\n" "<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n" "<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Sólo ctype</b>: el usuario Root tiene el mismo LC_TYPE que un usuario " -"normal. No se definen\n" +"<p><b>Sólo ctype</b>: el usuario Root tiene el mismo LC_TYPE que un usuario normal. No se definen\n" "otros valores.<br>\n" -"<b>Sí</b>: el usuario Root tiene la misma configuración regional que los " -"usuarios normales.<br>\n" -"<b>No</b>: el usuario Root tiene toda la configuración regional sin " -"definir.\n" +"<b>Sí</b>: el usuario Root tiene la misma configuración regional que los usuarios normales.<br>\n" +"<b>No</b>: el usuario Root tiene toda la configuración regional sin definir.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Utilice la opción <b>Configuración regional detallada</b> para definir " -"una región para el idioma principal que no aparezca en la lista del cuadro " -"de diálogo principal. Puede que no haya traducción disponible para la región " -"seleccionada.</p>" +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Utilice la opción <b>Configuración regional detallada</b> para definir una región para el idioma principal que no aparezca en la lista del cuadro de diálogo principal. Puede que no haya traducción disponible para la región seleccionada.</p>" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "Detalles del idioma" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "Configuración regional para el usuario &Root" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "Sólo ctype" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "Utilizar codificación &UTF-8" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "Configur&ación regional detallada" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "&Adaptar la disposición del teclado a %1" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "Adaptar la &zona horaria a %1" -#. Widget help text -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 +#. Widget help text +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> to be used during\n" @@ -657,14 +616,14 @@ "en la instalación y en el sistema instalado.\n" "</p>\n" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "Descargando extensión de idioma del sistema de instalación..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -676,21 +635,21 @@ "\n" "Se usará el idioma de último recurso %{fallback}." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Idioma principal: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Instalando paquetes..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -698,92 +657,87 @@ "La traducción del idioma principal no está completa.\n" "Puede que algunos textos aparezcan en inglés.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -"En este medio solo se incluye asistencia mínima para el idioma " -"seleccionado.\n" +"En este medio solo se incluye asistencia mínima para el idioma seleccionado.\n" "Habilite los repositorios en línea más tarde para recibir la asistencia\n" "adecuada para este idioma.\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"El idioma seleccionado no se puede utilizar en el modo de texto. Durante la " -"instalación\n" -"se utiliza el inglés, pero en el nuevo sistema se empleará el idioma " -"seleccionado." +"El idioma seleccionado no se puede utilizar en el modo de texto. Durante la instalación\n" +"se utiliza el inglés, pero en el nuevo sistema se empleará el idioma seleccionado." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la zona horaria" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración de la zona horaria" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "Definir nuevos valores para la configuración de la zona horaria" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "Mostrar lista de todas las zonas horarias disponibles" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "Nueva zona horaria" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "" -"Nuevo valor para el reloj de hardware. Puede ser \"local\", \"utc\" o \"UTC" -"\"." +msgstr "Nuevo valor para el reloj de hardware. Puede ser \"local\", \"utc\" o \"UTC\"." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "Zona horaria actual:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "Reloj de hardware definido para:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "Hora local" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "Hora y fecha actuales:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -791,48 +745,42 @@ "La hora %1 ya ha pasado.\n" "Defina una hora correcta antes de iniciar la instalación." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Zona horaria" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "Zona &horaria" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware " -"Clock Set To</b>.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Especifique si el equipo está configurado con la hora local o con UTC en " -"<b>Reloj de hardware definido para</b>.\n" -"La mayoría de los PC que tienen también otro sistema operativo instalado " -"(como Microsoft\n" +"Especifique si el equipo está configurado con la hora local o con UTC en <b>Reloj de hardware definido para</b>.\n" +"La mayoría de los PC que tienen también otro sistema operativo instalado (como Microsoft\n" "Windows) emplean la hora local.\n" "Los equipos que sólo tienen instalado Linux normalmente se\n" "configuran con la hora coordinada universal (UTC).\n" -"Si el reloj de hardware está definido para UTC, el sistema cambia de la hora " -"estándar\n" +"Si el reloj de hardware está definido para UTC, el sistema cambia de la hora estándar\n" "al horario de verano y viceversa automáticamente.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -845,22 +793,18 @@ "Nota: el reloj interno del sistema utilizado por el núcleo de Linux debe\n" "estar siempre establecido en UTC, ya que es la referencia para obtener\n" "la hora local correcta en el espacio del usuario. Si utiliza\n" -"la hora local para el reloj CMOS, consulte la información para resolver " -"posibles efectos secundarios en el manual del usuario.\n" +"la hora local para el reloj CMOS, consulte la información para resolver posibles efectos secundarios en el manual del usuario.\n" "</p>" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -868,78 +812,69 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ha seleccionado la hora local, pero parece que el único sistema instalado es " -"Linux.\n" +"Ha seleccionado la hora local, pero parece que el único sistema instalado es Linux.\n" "En este caso, recomendamos utilizar UTC y hacer clic en Cancelar.\n" "\n" -"Si desea mantener la hora local, deberá ajustar el reloj CMOS dos veces al " -"año,\n" -"debido a los cambios en el horario de verano (donde sea necesario). Si " -"olvida ajustar el reloj,\n" -"las copias de seguridad podrían fallar, el sistema de correo podría eliminar " -"mensajes, etc.\n" +"Si desea mantener la hora local, deberá ajustar el reloj CMOS dos veces al año,\n" +"debido a los cambios en el horario de verano (donde sea necesario). Si olvida ajustar el reloj,\n" +"las copias de seguridad podrían fallar, el sistema de correo podría eliminar mensajes, etc.\n" "\n" "Si utiliza UTC, Linux ajustará la hora automáticamente.\n" "\n" "¿Desea continuar con la selección (hora local)?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Se muestran la fecha y la hora actual del sistema. Cámbielas para " -"corregir los valores manualmente o use el protocolo de tiempo de red (NTP)." +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Se muestran la fecha y la hora actual del sistema. Cámbielas para corregir los valores manualmente o use el protocolo de tiempo de red (NTP).</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>" msgstr "<p>Haga clic en <b>Aceptar</b> para guardar los cambios.</p>" -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "Fecha actual en formato DD-MM-AAAA" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "Hora actual en formato HH:MM:SS" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "Fecha actual" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "Hora actual" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "Cambiar la hora ahora" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "Sincronizar con el servidor NTP" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "Cambiar fecha y hora" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -947,8 +882,8 @@ "Hora no válida (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Escriba la hora correcta.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -956,49 +891,49 @@ "Fecha no válida (DD-MM-AAAA) %1.\n" "Escriba la fecha correcta.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Otro&s ajustes..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Fecha y hora (NTP está configurado)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Fecha y hora" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "Reloj de &hardware en UTC" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Región" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "&Zona horaria" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Fecha y hora:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>" @@ -1006,25 +941,23 @@ "\n" "<p><b><big>Ajustes de zona horaria y reloj</big></b></p>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n" "In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Para seleccionar la zona horaria que se usará en el sistema, primero debe " -"seleccionar la <b>Región</b>.\n" +"Para seleccionar la zona horaria que se usará en el sistema, primero debe seleccionar la <b>Región</b>.\n" "En <b>Zona horaria</b> seleccione a continuación la zona, el país o\n" "la región oportunos entre las opciones disponibles.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n" @@ -1034,327 +967,327 @@ "Si la hora actual no es correcta, utilice <b>Cambiar</b> para ajustarla.\n" "</p>" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Reloj y zona horaria" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Seleccione una zona horaria válida." -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Hora local" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Reloj de hardware definido para" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP configurado" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Zona horaria actual: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "Inglés (US)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "Inglés (UK)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 msgid "German" msgstr "Alemán" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "Alemán (con teclas muertas)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "Alemán (Suiza)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 msgid "French" msgstr "Francés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "Francés (Suizo)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "Francés (Canadá)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "Canadiense (multilingüe)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Español" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "Español (Latinoamérica)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "Español (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugués" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugués (brasileño)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugués (brasileño - acentos americanos)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Griego" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Holandés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Danés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Noruego" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Sueco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finlandés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Checo" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Checo (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Eslovaco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Eslovaco (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Esloveno" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Húngaro" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polaco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Ruso" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Serbio" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estonio" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Lituano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Croata" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japonés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belga" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Islandés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ucraniano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Jemer" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Coreano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Árabe" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tayiko" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Chino tradicional" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Chino simplificado" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Rumano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 msgid "US International" msgstr "EE. UU. (internacional)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "Español (asturiano)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/storage.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/storage.es.po 2017-09-14 14:11:31 UTC (rev 97428) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/storage.es.po 2017-09-14 14:12:34 UTC (rev 97429) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -26,88 +26,85 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Use solo este programa si está familiarizado con la partición de discos " -"duros.\n" +"Use solo este programa si está familiarizado con la partición de discos duros.\n" "\n" -"No realice nunca particiones en un disco que pueda estar en uso de alguna " -"manera\n" +"No realice nunca particiones en un disco que pueda estar en uso de alguna manera\n" "(montado, de intercambio, etc.), a menos que sepa exactamente lo que está\n" "haciendo. De lo contrario, la tabla de particiones no se reenviará al\n" "núcleo, lo que, probablemente, provocará una pérdida de datos.\n" "\n" "Para continuar a pesar de esta advertencia, haga clic en Sí.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Particionamiento en modo experto" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "<p>Volumes are being detected.</p>" msgstr "<p>Se están detectando volúmenes.</p>" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de almacenamiento" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "Mostrar discos y particiones" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "Mostrar discos" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "Mostrar particiones" -#. Title for dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "Propuesta de particionamiento" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "&Particionador avanzado..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "&Crear configuración de particiones..." -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." msgstr "" "No es posible elaborar una propuesta automática.\n" -"Introduzca manualmente los puntos de montaje en el diálogo del " -"'Particionador'." +"Introduzca manualmente los puntos de montaje en el diálogo del 'Particionador'." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") -#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") +#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Editar configuración de propuesta" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -117,9 +114,9 @@ "Se han comprobado los discos duros. La configuración de particiones\n" "que se muestra es la que se propone para el disco duro.</p>" -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -133,8 +130,8 @@ "de archivos), seleccione <b>%1</b> y haga los cambios en el cuadro\n" "de diálogo de particionamiento en modo experto.</p>\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -152,32 +149,27 @@ "Seleccione también esta opción para elegir\n" "opciones avanzadas como RAID y cifrado.</p>\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "No es posible crear la propuesta pedida." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"No hay sufuciente espacio disponible para proponer instantáneas para el " -"volumen raíz." +msgstr "No hay sufuciente espacio disponible para proponer instantáneas para el volumen raíz." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." -msgstr "" -"No hay espacio suficiente disponible para proponer una partición /home " -"independiente." +msgstr "No hay espacio suficiente disponible para proponer una partición /home independiente." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." -msgstr "" -"No hay nada asignado como sistema de archivos raíz. No es posible continuar." +msgstr "No hay nada asignado como sistema de archivos raíz. No es posible continuar." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -185,22 +177,22 @@ "El cálculo de esta propuesta sobrescribirá los cambios manuales\n" " realizados hasta el momento. ¿Desea continuar calculando la propuesta?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Preparando discos..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -210,9 +202,9 @@ "ocupado\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -222,9 +214,9 @@ "libre\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -232,25 +224,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows libre(%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -260,9 +252,9 @@ "Elija un nuevo tamaño para su partición de Windows.\n" "</p>" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -278,9 +270,9 @@ "Hasta entonces, la partición de Windows no se modificará.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -294,23 +286,23 @@ "<b>Atrás</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "Ahora" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "Después de la instalación" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -322,14 +314,13 @@ "\n" "<p>\n" "El gráfico de barras de la parte superior muestra la situación actual.\n" -"El gráfico de barras de la parte inferior muestra la situación después de la " -"instalación (cuando se haya\n" +"El gráfico de barras de la parte inferior muestra la situación después de la instalación (cuando se haya\n" "producido el cambio de tamaño).\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -343,9 +334,9 @@ "en cualquier campo de entrada para ajustar el valor sugerido.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -359,29 +350,29 @@ "tal y como sea necesario.\n" "</p>" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Windows ocupado" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "libre" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enter a value for the size of your <b>Linux</b> installation.\n" @@ -395,9 +386,9 @@ "teniendo en cuenta este valor.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -406,13 +397,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"<b>Usado por Windows</b> es el tamaño de la parte ocupada en la partición " -"por Windows.\n" +"<b>Usado por Windows</b> es el tamaño de la parte ocupada en la partición por Windows.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Free</b> indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -424,13 +414,13 @@ "Linux) de la partición.\n" "</p>" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Cambiando el tamaño de la partición de Windows" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -456,9 +446,9 @@ "de Windows, incluido el espacio de trabajo de Windows y el\n" "espacio para %2.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -471,12 +461,11 @@ "de Windows.\n" " \n" " Dependiendo del tamaño de la partición de Windows\n" -" y la cantidad de espacio empleado, el proceso puede tardar bastante " -"tiempo.\n" +" y la cantidad de espacio empleado, el proceso puede tardar bastante tiempo.\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -498,14 +487,14 @@ "Si se produce de nuevo el problema, cambie el tamaño de la partición de\n" "Windows usando otros medios.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "El espacio disponible no es suficiente para una instalación." -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -525,17 +514,15 @@ "\t de Windows por otros medios.\n" "\t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"El sistema sólo se puede configurar con la opción de particiones " -"personalizadas." +msgstr "El sistema sólo se puede configurar con la opción de particiones personalizadas." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -555,10 +542,10 @@ "Elija un disco diferente o aborte la instalación y \n" "reduzca la partición de Windows usando otros medios.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -574,10 +561,10 @@ "Elija un disco diferente o aborte la instalación y\n" "reduzca la partición de Windows usando otros medios.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -605,14 +592,14 @@ "\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea reducir la partición de Windows?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "Encoger Window&s" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -626,13 +613,13 @@ "\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir la partición de Windows?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "&Suprimir Windows" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -644,41 +631,38 @@ "Para instalar Linux, seleccione más particiones que \n" " eliminar, o bien un disco más grande." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "&Discos disponibles" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "Parti&cionamiento personalizado (para expertos)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Disco duro" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"No se han encontrado discos. Pruebe con el CD de actualización, si está " -"disponible, para la instalación." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "No se han encontrado discos. Pruebe con el CD de actualización, si está disponible, para la instalación." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -687,24 +671,22 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Todos los discos duros detectados automáticamente en su sistema\n" -"son mostrados aquí. Escoja el disco duro en el que desea instalar " -"&product;.\n" +"son mostrados aquí. Escoja el disco duro en el que desea instalar &product;.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Posteriormente puede seleccionar en qué lugar del disco duro se instalará " -"&product;.\n" +"Posteriormente puede seleccionar en qué lugar del disco duro se instalará &product;.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -715,34 +697,32 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"La opción <b>Particionamiento personalizado</b> para expertos permite tener " -"un control\n" -"completo sobre el proceso de partición de los discos duros y la asignación " -"de \n" +"La opción <b>Particionamiento personalizado</b> para expertos permite tener un control\n" +"completo sobre el proceso de partición de los discos duros y la asignación de \n" "particiones para puntos de montaje cuando se instala &product;.\n" "</p>\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "Preparando el disco duro" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Seleccione alguna de las opciones para continuar." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "El disco %1 está siendo utilizado por %2" -#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 +#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 msgid "" "This is for experts only.\n" "You might lose support if you use this!\n" @@ -756,62 +736,62 @@ "Consulte el manual para asegurarse de que su\n" "particionamiento personalizado cumple los requisitos de este producto." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "¿Desea activar multipath?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "No snapshots possible.\n" "Please use larger root partition." @@ -819,7 +799,7 @@ "No es posible realizar instantáneas.\n" "Use una partición \"root\" mayor." -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -827,35 +807,35 @@ "No se formateará la partición /home. Después de la instalación,\n" "verifique que los permisos de los directorios personales sean los adecuados." -#. A custom configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 +#. A custom configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizada" -#. A standard configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 +#. A standard configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Standard" msgstr "Estándar" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Particionamiento" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "&Particionando" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del sistema de archivos..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -863,15 +843,15 @@ "La selección actual no es válida:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2, no asignado" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -879,16 +859,16 @@ "Áreas de disco que deben utilizarse \n" "para instalar %1\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "Usar todo &el disco duro" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -896,8 +876,8 @@ "El disco todavía no contiene particiones.\n" "El disco entero se utilizará para %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -905,18 +885,18 @@ "Este disco parece estar utilizado por Windows.\n" "No hay espacio suficiente para instalar Linux." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "Suprimir Win&dows por completo" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "&Reducir la partición de Windows" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -926,8 +906,8 @@ "Escoja en qué lugar del disco duro se instalará &product;.\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use either the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\n" @@ -939,8 +919,8 @@ "particiones o áreas libres que se muestran.\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as <i>free</i>, you\n" @@ -954,8 +934,8 @@ "puede afectar incluso a otros sistemas operativos.\n" "</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -963,21 +943,20 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><i>Las zonas marcadas serán suprimidas. Se perderán todos los datos " -"contenidos \n" +"<b><i>Las zonas marcadas serán suprimidas. Se perderán todos los datos contenidos \n" "en las mismas. </i></b> No habrá forma de recuperar estos datos.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "Instalando en:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -987,13 +966,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "El disco duro seleccionado es utilizado probablemente por Windows. No hay \n" -"espacio suficiente para &product;. Puede o <b>suprimir Windows " -"completamente</b> o\n" +"espacio suficiente para &product;. Puede o <b>suprimir Windows completamente</b> o\n" "bien <b>encoger</b> la partición para obtener espacio libre.\n" "</p>" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be <b>irreversibly\n" @@ -1003,8 +981,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Si suprime Windows, todos los datos que se encuentran en esta partición se " -"perderán \n" +"Si suprime Windows, todos los datos que se encuentran en esta partición se perderán \n" "<b>de forma irreversible</b> durante la instalación. Si desea reducir su\n" "partición Windows, recomendamos <b>encarecidamente</b> que haga una\n" "<b>copia de seguridad de sus datos</b>, ya que los datos sufren una\n" @@ -1012,28 +989,28 @@ "casos excepcionales.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Proponer partición Ho&me independiente" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "Crear propuesta basada en &LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "Cifrar grupo de volúmenes" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "Tipo de propuesta" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1042,14 +1019,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "No ha asignado ninguna partición raíz para\n" -"llevar a cabo la instalación. Esto no funcionará. Asigne el punto de montaje " -"raíz \"/\" a una\n" +"llevar a cabo la instalación. Esto no funcionará. Asigne el punto de montaje raíz \"/\" a una\n" "partición.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1058,15 +1034,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Ha intentado montar una partición FAT en uno de los siguientes\n" -"puntos de montaje: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Es probable que esta " -"configuración\n" -"cause problemas. Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, " -"para estos puntos de montaje.\n" +"puntos de montaje: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Es probable que esta configuración\n" +"cause problemas. Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para estos puntos de montaje.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1076,13 +1050,12 @@ msgstr "" "Ha intentado montar una partición FAT en el\n" "punto de montaje /boot. Es probable que esta configuración cause problemas.\n" -"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para este punto " -"de montaje.\n" +"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para este punto de montaje.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1092,14 +1065,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ha montado una partición Btrfs en el\n" "punto de montaje /boot. Es probable que esta configuración cause problemas.\n" -"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para este punto " -"de montaje.\n" +"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para este punto de montaje.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1115,8 +1087,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea usar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1136,8 +1108,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1151,8 +1123,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea mantener el tamaño de la partición de arranque?\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1161,16 +1133,15 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Advertencia: no hay ninguna partición de tipo bios_grub presente.\n" -"Se recomienda una partición de este tipo (obligatoria con Btrfs) si Grub2 " -"se\n" +"Se recomienda una partición de este tipo (obligatoria con Btrfs) si Grub2 se\n" "instala en el MBR de un disco GPT. Debe estar sin formatear y\n" "tener aproximadamente 1 MB de tamaño.\n" "¿Desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1188,8 +1159,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea usar la configuración sin una partición /boot?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1209,7 +1180,7 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1217,13 +1188,12 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Advertencia: algunos subvolúmenes del sistema de archivos raíz están\n" -"duplicados con puntos de montaje de otro sistema de archivos. Esto pude " -"producir problemas.\n" +"duplicados con puntos de montaje de otro sistema de archivos. Esto pude producir problemas.\n" "%s\n" "¿Seguro que desea usar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1234,15 +1204,13 @@ msgstr "" "Advertencia: con la configuración actual, es posible\n" "que no se pueda arrancar directamente desde la instalación de %1,\n" -"ya que los archivos por debajo de \"/boot\" se encuentran en un dispositivo " -"RAID de software.\n" -"En ocasiones, la configuración del cargador de arranque falla con esta " -"configuración.\n" +"ya que los archivos por debajo de \"/boot\" se encuentran en un dispositivo RAID de software.\n" +"En ocasiones, la configuración del cargador de arranque falla con esta configuración.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1266,8 +1234,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1291,20 +1259,19 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1312,17 +1279,14 @@ "\n" "No ha asignado una partición de intercambio. Se recomienda encarecidamente\n" "crear y asignar una partición de intercambio.\n" -"Las particiones de intercambio del sistema se muestran en la ventana " -"principal con el \n" -"tipo \"Linux Swap\". Una partición de intercambio asignada tiene el punto de " -"montaje en \"swap\".\n" +"Las particiones de intercambio del sistema se muestran en la ventana principal con el \n" +"tipo \"Linux Swap\". Una partición de intercambio asignada tiene el punto de montaje en \"swap\".\n" "Puede asignar más de una partición de intercambio.\n" "\n" -"¿Seguro que desea utilizar la configuración sin una partición de " -"intercambio?\n" +"¿Seguro que desea utilizar la configuración sin una partición de intercambio?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1334,8 +1298,8 @@ "formato. YaST no garantiza que la instalación se realice correctamente, \n" "sobre todo en estos casos:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1347,33 +1311,30 @@ " sobreescrita\n" "- si esta partición todavía no contiene un sistema de archivos\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "En caso de duda, puede retroceder y marcar esta partición\n" -"para que se formatee; especialmente si está asignada a uno de los puntos de " -"montaje\n" +"para que se formatee; especialmente si está asignada a uno de los puntos de montaje\n" "estándar, como /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"Si decide dar formato a la partición, todos los datos que se encuentran en " -"ella se perderán.\n" +"Si decide dar formato a la partición, todos los datos que se encuentran en ella se perderán.\n" "\n" "¿Desea mantener la partición sin formatear?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1381,8 +1342,8 @@ "El dispositivo seleccionado pertenece a RAID (%1).\n" "Elimínelo de RAID antes de editarlo.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1390,8 +1351,8 @@ "El dispositivo seleccionado pertenece a un grupo de volúmenes (%1).\n" "Elimínelo del grupo de volúmenes antes de editarlo.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1399,8 +1360,8 @@ "El volumen (%1) utiliza el dispositivo seleccionado.\n" "Elimine el volumen antes de editar el dispositivo.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1408,8 +1369,8 @@ "El dispositivo (%2) pertenece a RAID (%1).\n" "Elimínelo de RAID antes de suprimirlo.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1417,12 +1378,12 @@ "%1 está utilizando el dispositivo (%2).\n" "Elimine %1 antes de suprimir el dispositivo.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "No puede suprimirse mientras está montado." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1430,24 +1391,21 @@ "No es posible eliminar el dispositivo (%1) porque es una partición lógica y\n" "hay otra partición lógica en uso con un número superior.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "La partición ampliada seleccionada contiene particiones ya montadas:\n" "%1\n" -"Se recomienda encarecidamente desmontar estas particiones antes de eliminar " -"la partición ampliada.\n" +"Se recomienda encarecidamente desmontar estas particiones antes de eliminar la partición ampliada.\n" "Seleccione Cancelar a menos que sepa exactamente lo que está haciendo.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1457,12 +1415,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partición extendida seleccionada contiene al menos una partición LVM\n" -"asignada a un grupo de volúmenes. Elimine primero todas las particiones de su" -"(s) respectivo(s) grupo(s) de volúmenes antes de suprimir la partición " -"extendida.\n" +"asignada a un grupo de volúmenes. Elimine primero todas las particiones de su(s) respectivo(s) grupo(s) de volúmenes antes de suprimir la partición extendida.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1475,8 +1431,8 @@ "que forma parte de un sistema RAID. Por favor desvincule las particiones \n" "de sus respectivos sistemas RAID antes de suprimir la partición extendida.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1488,8 +1444,8 @@ "que está en uso. Elimine el volumen usado antes\n" "de suprimir la partición extendida.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "\n" @@ -1507,31 +1463,31 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea mantener la configuración actual?\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña para el sistema de archivos cifrado." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "No olvide lo que escriba aquí." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Se permite una contraseña vacía." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Contraseña para el sistema de archivos cifrado en %1" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1539,38 +1495,38 @@ "Introduzca la contraseña de cifrado para el \n" "dispositivo %1, montado en %2.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña para el sistema de archivos cifrado" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "Introdu&zca una contraseña para el sistema de archivos:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Vuelva a introducir la contraseña para &verificarla:" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Ignorar" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1580,10 +1536,10 @@ "de la contraseña no coinciden.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1591,10 +1547,10 @@ "No ha introducido ninguna contraseña.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1602,17 +1558,17 @@ "La contraseña debe tener al menos %1 caracteres.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "No hay ningún numero de coma flotante." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Opciones de sistemas de archivo:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1620,82 +1576,75 @@ "Ya no se permite el carácter \"/\" en las etiquetas de volúmenes.\n" "Cambie la etiqueta de forma que no contenga este carácter.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab by:</b>\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Montar en /etc/fstab por:</b>\n" -"Normalmente, el sistema de archivos que se va a montar se reconoce en /etc/" -"fstab\n" -"por el nombre del dispositivo. Esta identificación puede cambiarse para que " -"se pueda\n" -"buscar el sistema de archivos que va a montarse por un UUID o por etiquetas " -"de volumen. No todos los sistemas de archivos\n" -"pueden montarse por UUID o por etiqueta de volumen. Si una opción está " -"desactivada, \n" +"Normalmente, el sistema de archivos que se va a montar se reconoce en /etc/fstab\n" +"por el nombre del dispositivo. Esta identificación puede cambiarse para que se pueda\n" +"buscar el sistema de archivos que va a montarse por un UUID o por etiquetas de volumen. No todos los sistemas de archivos\n" +"pueden montarse por UUID o por etiqueta de volumen. Si una opción está desactivada, \n" "esto resultará imposible.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Etiqueta de volumen:</b>\n" -"El nombre que se introduzca en este campo se emplea como etiqueta de " -"volumen. Normalmente sólo tiene sentido\n" +"El nombre que se introduzca en este campo se emplea como etiqueta de volumen. Normalmente sólo tiene sentido\n" "cuando se activa la opción para montar por etiqueta de volumen.\n" "Las etiquetas de volumen no pueden incluir el carácter / ni espacios.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Montar en /etc/fstab por" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "Nombre del &dispositivo" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "&Etiqueta del volumen" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "&ID del dispositivo" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "&Vía del dispositivo" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Opciones de fstab:" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1703,73 +1652,72 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La longitud máxima de la etiqueta de volumen para el sistema \n" -"de archivos seleccionado es %1. La etiqueta de volumen se ha ajustado a este " -"tamaño.\n" +"de archivos seleccionado es %1. La etiqueta de volumen se ha ajustado a este tamaño.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Introduzca una etiqueta de volumen si quiere montar por etiquetas." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Esta etiqueta de volumen ya se está usando. Seleccione otra distinta." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "&Sistema de archivos" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "&Opciones..." -#. Translators: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 +#. Translators: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Habilitar instantáneas" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "&Cifrar dispositivo" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "&ID del sistema de archivos:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formato" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Do ¬ format" msgstr "&No formatear" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatear" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Opciones Fs&tab" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Punto de &montaje" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1784,8 +1732,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partición seleccionada (%1) está montada actualmente en %2.\n" -"Si cambia algún parámetro (como el punto de montaje o el tipo de sistema de " -"archivos),\n" +"Si cambia algún parámetro (como el punto de montaje o el tipo de sistema de archivos),\n" "podría dañar la instalación de Linux.\n" "\n" "Desmonte la partición si es posible. Si no está seguro,\n" @@ -1794,8 +1741,8 @@ "\n" "¿Desea continuar?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1805,8 +1752,8 @@ "YaST2 no puede reducir el sistema de archivos de la partición.\n" "Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 y reiser permiten reducir un sistema de archivos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1816,22 +1763,22 @@ "YaST2 no puede reducir el sistema de archivos del volumen lógico.\n" "Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 y reiser permiten reducir un sistema de archivos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Si reduce esta partición puede producirse una pérdida de datos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "Si reduce este volumen lógico puede producirse una pérdida de datos." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "¿Desea continuar?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1839,37 +1786,33 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 no puede ampliar el sistema de archivos de la partición seleccionada.\n" -"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de " -"archivos." +"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de archivos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST2 no puede ampliar el sistema de archivos del volumen lógico " -"seleccionado.\n" -"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de " -"archivos." +"YaST2 no puede ampliar el sistema de archivos del volumen lógico seleccionado.\n" +"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de archivos." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "¿Desea proceder con el cambio de tamaño?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Ha reducido una partición que contiene un sistema de archivos reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"Ha reducido un volumen lógico que contiene un sistema de archivos reiser." +msgstr "Ha reducido un volumen lógico que contiene un sistema de archivos reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1883,23 +1826,21 @@ "\n" "¿Desea reducir el sistema de archivos?" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "El dispositivo seleccionado contiene particiones ya montadas:\n" "%1\n" -"Se recomienda encarecidamente desmontar estas particiones antes de eliminar " -"la tabla de particiones.\n" +"Se recomienda encarecidamente desmontar estas particiones antes de eliminar la tabla de particiones.\n" "Seleccione Cancelar a menos que sepa exactamente qué está haciendo.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1913,8 +1854,8 @@ "las particiones de los grupos de volúmenes correspondientes\n" "antes de suprimir el dispositivo.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1928,8 +1869,8 @@ "particiones de los sistemas RAID correspondientes antes\n" "de suprimir el dispositivo.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1941,70 +1882,66 @@ "utilizada por otro volumen. Suprima el volumen que la utiliza\n" "antes de suprimir el dispositivo.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Crear y eliminar subvolúmenes de un sistema de archivos BtrFS.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Crear y eliminar subvolúmenes de un sistema de archivos BtrFS.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Habilitar instantáneas automáticas para un sistema de archivos BtrFS con " -"Snapper.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Habilitar instantáneas automáticas para un sistema de archivos BtrFS con Snapper.</p>" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Subvolúmenes existentes:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Nuevo subvolumen" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Añadir nuevo" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Eliminar" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Manejo de subvolúmenes" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "No están permitidos los nombres de subvolúmenes vacíos." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -"Actualmente, solo se permiten nombres de subvolumen que empiecen con " -"\"%1\".\n" +"Actualmente, solo se permiten nombres de subvolumen que empiecen con \"%1\".\n" "Se añadirá automáticamente \"%1\" al principio del nombre del subvolumen." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "El nombre de subvolumen %1 ya existe." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Las modificaciones realizadas en el cuadro de dialogo se perderán." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -2014,8 +1951,8 @@ "Crear un sistema de archivos cifrado.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -2025,8 +1962,8 @@ "Acceder a un sistema de archivos cifrado.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2035,65 +1972,55 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Tenga en cuenta que este sistema de archivos sólo estará protegido cuando " -"no\n" +"Tenga en cuenta que este sistema de archivos sólo estará protegido cuando no\n" " esté montado. Cuando esté montado, será tan seguro como cualquier otro \n" "sistema de archivos de Linux.\n" " </p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Este punto de montaje se corresponde con un sistema de archivos temporal " -"como /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" -"Puede dejar vacía la contraseña de cifrado. Si lo hace, el sistema creará " -"una\n" -"contraseña aleatoria al iniciar el sistema. Esto significa que perderá todos " -"los \n" +"Este punto de montaje se corresponde con un sistema de archivos temporal como /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +"Puede dejar vacía la contraseña de cifrado. Si lo hace, el sistema creará una\n" +"contraseña aleatoria al iniciar el sistema. Esto significa que perderá todos los \n" "datos de estos sistemas de archivos cuando el sistema se cierre.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Si no recuerda su contraseña, no podrá acceder a los datos de su sistema de " -"archivos.\n" -"Elija con cuidado su contraseña. Se recomienda que se trate de una " -"combinación de letras\n" -"y números. Como medida para asegurar que introdujo correctamente su " -"contraseña, se le volverá\n" +"Si no recuerda su contraseña, no podrá acceder a los datos de su sistema de archivos.\n" +"Elija con cuidado su contraseña. Se recomienda que se trate de una combinación de letras\n" +"y números. Como medida para asegurar que introdujo correctamente su contraseña, se le volverá\n" "a pedir está en un segundo campo.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2104,8 +2031,8 @@ "(ej. letras acentuadas o diéresis).\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2119,10 +2046,10 @@ " minúsculas (<tt>A-Z, a-z</tt>) y dígitos del <tt>0</tt> al <tt>9</tt>.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2132,8 +2059,8 @@ "¡No olvide esta contraseña!\n" "</p>" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2143,25 +2070,22 @@ "Deberá introducir su contraseña de cifrado.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Si el sistema de archivos cifrado no contiene ningún archivo de sistema y, " -"por lo tanto\n" -"no se necesita para la actualización, puede seleccionar la opción <b>Omitir." -"</b>\n" +"Si el sistema de archivos cifrado no contiene ningún archivo de sistema y, por lo tanto\n" +"no se necesita para la actualización, puede seleccionar la opción <b>Omitir.</b>\n" "En este caso, no se accede al sistema de archivos durante la actualización.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2181,7 +2105,7 @@ "Si necesita utilizar este disco para la instalación, debe destruir \n" "la etiqueta del disco mediante la herramienta de particionamiento avanzado.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2191,23 +2115,22 @@ msgstr "" "Advertencia: el sistema indica que requiere una configuración\n" "de arranque EFI. Dado que el disco seleccionado no \n" -"contiene una etiqueta de disco GPT, YaST creará una etiqueta GPT en el " -"disco.\n" +"contiene una etiqueta de disco GPT, YaST creará una etiqueta GPT en el disco.\n" "\n" "Debe marcar todas las particiones del disco para eliminarlas.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "No puede usar el punto de montaje \"%1\" para LVM.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "No puede usar el punto de montaje \"%1\" para RAID." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2216,17 +2139,15 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"Ha seleccionado no montar automáticamente durante el arranque un sistema de " -"archivos\n" -"que puede contener archivos necesarios para que el sistema funcione " -"correctamente.\n" +"Ha seleccionado no montar automáticamente durante el arranque un sistema de archivos\n" +"que puede contener archivos necesarios para que el sistema funcione correctamente.\n" "\n" "Esto podría causar problemas.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea continuar?\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2236,41 +2157,38 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Ha seleccionado la opción para que los usuarios puedan montar un\n" -"sistema de archivos. El sistema puede contener archivos que necesiten ser " -"ejecutables.\n" +"sistema de archivos. El sistema puede contener archivos que necesiten ser ejecutables.\n" "\n" "Esto suele causar problemas.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea continuar?\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "El punto de montaje no debe estar vacío." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"Los dispositivos de intercambio deben tener como punto de montaje swap." +msgstr "Los dispositivos de intercambio deben tener como punto de montaje swap." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"Sólo los dispositivos de intercambio pueden tener como punto de montaje swap." +msgstr "Sólo los dispositivos de intercambio pueden tener como punto de montaje swap." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "El punto de montaje ya está en uso. Por favor elija otro diferente." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2278,16 +2196,13 @@ "No es posible usar un sistema de archivos tipo FAT como punto de montaje\n" "para sistema (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home)." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Carácter no válido en el punto de montaje. No utilice \"`'!%#\" en un punto " -"de montaje." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Carácter no válido en el punto de montaje. No utilice \"`'!%#\" en un punto de montaje." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2297,13 +2212,13 @@ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "El punto de montaje debe comenzar con \"/\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2311,10 +2226,10 @@ "No se permite asignar el intercambio de punto de\n" "montaje a un dispositivo sin un sistema de archivos de intercambio." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) -#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) +#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n" @@ -2324,8 +2239,8 @@ "El tamaño introducido (tras el redondeo) es de %2.\n" "El tamaño mínimo para este sistema de archivos es de %3.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2333,8 +2248,8 @@ "No está permitido asignar un punto de montaje\n" "a un dispositivo que no existe o con un sistema de archivos desconocido." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2356,14 +2271,14 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar este sistema de archivos?\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "El sistema de archivos está montado actualmente en %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2371,14 +2286,14 @@ "Puede escoger entre desmontarlo ahora, continuar sin desmontar o cancelar.\n" "Haga clic en Cancelar si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Desmontar" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2386,81 +2301,75 @@ "Puede intentar desmontar ahora o cancelar.\n" "Haga clic en Cancelar si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"No es posible reducir el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está " -"montado." +msgstr "No es posible reducir el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está montado." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"No es posible ampliar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está " -"montado." +msgstr "No es posible ampliar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está montado." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"No es posible cambiar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está " -"montado." +msgstr "No es posible cambiar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está montado." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Volver a explorar dispositivos" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "Importar puntos de montaje..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Proporcionar &contraseñas de cifrado..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Configurar &iSCSI..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "Configurar &FCoE..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "Configurar &multipath..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "Configurar &DASD..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "Configurar &zFCP..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "Configurar &XPRAM..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Configurar..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Almacenamiento disponible en %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all storage devices\n" "available.</p>" @@ -2468,8 +2377,8 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos\n" "de almacenamiento disponibles.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2479,8 +2388,8 @@ "accederá a una vista con información detallada sobre el\n" "dispositivo.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>" @@ -2488,8 +2397,8 @@ "<p>Seleccionando una entrada de la tabla,\n" "navegará a una vista con información detallada sobre el dispositivo.</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2497,112 +2406,106 @@ "Si vuelve a leer los discos, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si hace una llamada a la configuración iSCSI, se cancelarán todos los " -"cambios actuales.\n" +"Si hace una llamada a la configuración iSCSI, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si llama a la configuración de FCoE, se cancelarán todos los cambios " -"actuales.\n" +"Si llama a la configuración de FCoE, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea llamar a la configuración de FCoE?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Si se llama a la configuración de varias vías, se cancelarán todos los " -"cambios actuales.\n" +"Si se llama a la configuración de varias vías, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea llamar a una configuración de varias vías?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si hace una llamada a la configuración DASD, se cancelarán todos los cambios " -"actuales.\n" +"Si hace una llamada a la configuración DASD, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si hace una llamada a la configuración zFCP, se cancelarán todos los cambios " -"actuales.\n" +"Si hace una llamada a la configuración zFCP, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si hace una llamada a la configuración XPRAM, se cancelarán todos los " -"cambios actuales.\n" +"Si hace una llamada a la configuración XPRAM, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "Editar Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "Seleccione al menos un dispositivo." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume.</p>" msgstr "<p>Cambiar los dispositivos que se usan para el volumen BTRFS.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivos no usados:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivos seleccionados:" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "Redimensionar el volumen Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún dispositivo BTRFS." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2610,178 +2513,174 @@ "El Btrfs %1 se encuentra actualmente en uso.\n" "No puede editarse. Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no lo está utilizando." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "Error al eliminar algunos dispositivos físicos." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "Volúmenes BTRFS" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Editar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "Suprimir..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "<p>This view shows all Btrfs volumes.</p>" msgstr "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los volúmenes BTRFS.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -2789,8 +2688,8 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre\n" "el volumen BTRFS seleccionado.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -2798,74 +2697,72 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos\n" "usados por el volumen BTRFS seleccionado.</p>\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "Dispositivo Btrfs: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Descripción general" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos &usados" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>" msgstr "<p>Seleccione la función del dispositivo.</p>" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "Partición de arranque EFI" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Sistema operativo" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "Datos y aplicaciones ISV" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "Intercambio" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "Volumen sin procesar (sin formato)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "Función" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type.</p>" @@ -2873,21 +2770,19 @@ "<p>Primero, elija si la partición debe formatearse\n" " y el tipo de sistema de archivos que desea.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p> Si desea cifrar todos los datos del\n" -"volumen, seleccione <b>Cifrar dispositivo</b>. Si se cambia el cifrado de un " -"volumen existente\n" +"volumen, seleccione <b>Cifrar dispositivo</b>. Si se cambia el cifrado de un volumen existente\n" "se eliminarán todos los datos que contiene.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>" @@ -2895,49 +2790,48 @@ "<p>A continuación, seleccione si la partición debería\n" "montarse e introduzca el punto de montaje (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>" -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Opciones de formato" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Dar formato a la partición" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "No dar formato a la partición" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "No montar la partición" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Opciones de montaje" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Montar la partición" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Punto de montaje" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Opciones Fs&tab..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Los archivos crypt deben estar cifrados." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2949,18 +2843,18 @@ "\n" "Debe seleccionar además la opción de formato.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Los archivos crypt necesitan un punto de montaje." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs requiere un punto de montaje." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2974,8 +2868,8 @@ "cualquier otro sistema de archivos de Linux.\n" "</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2984,39 +2878,36 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"El sistema de archivos de este volumen es de intercambio. Puede dejar la " -"contraseña\n" -"de cifrado vacía, pero no podrá usar el dispositivo de intercambio para " -"hibernar\n" +"El sistema de archivos de este volumen es de intercambio. Puede dejar la contraseña\n" +"de cifrado vacía, pero no podrá usar el dispositivo de intercambio para hibernar\n" "(suspensión a disco).\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Se perderán todos los datos almacenados en el volumen." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "El dispositivo subyacente no admite el cambio de tamaño." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"No es posible cambiar el tamaño de la partición seleccionada porque el " -"sistema de archivos\n" +"No es posible cambiar el tamaño de la partición seleccionada porque el sistema de archivos\n" "de esta partición no admite el cambio de tamaño.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -3024,8 +2915,8 @@ "No es posible comprobar si un volumen NTFS\n" "puede cambiarse de tamaño mientras está montado." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -3033,81 +2924,79 @@ "No se puede cambiar el tamaño de la partición %1\n" "porque parece que el sistema de archivos no es coherente.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Cambiar tamaño de partición %1" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Cambiar el tamaño del volumen lógico %1" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño actual: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Usado actualmente: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "Tamaño" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Tamaño máximo (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Tamaño mínimo (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Tamaño personalizado" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>" msgstr "<p>Seleccione un nuevo tamaño.</p>" -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño introducido no es válido. Introduzca un tamaño entre \"%1\" y " -"\"%2\"." +msgstr "El tamaño introducido no es válido. Introduzca un tamaño entre \"%1\" y \"%2\"." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3116,32 +3005,31 @@ msgstr "" "Está extendiendo un sistema de archivos montado en %1 gigabyte. \n" "Esta operación puede ser bastante lenta y llevar horas. Puede ser\n" -"conveniente desmontar el sistema de archivos, lo que aumentará " -"considerablemente\n" +"conveniente desmontar el sistema de archivos, lo que aumentará considerablemente\n" "la velocidad del proceso." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Salida de %1" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Releyendo discos..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "Editar DM %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún dispositivo DM." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3149,25 +3037,24 @@ "El DM %1 está en uso. No es posible editarlo.\n" "Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "Mapeador de dispositivos (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos de asignación de " -"dispositivos, \n" +"<p>Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos de asignación de dispositivos, \n" "excepto los que ya están incluidos en alguna otra vista. No se muestran los\n" "discos de varias vías, los RAID del BIOS ni los volúmenes lógicos LVM.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" @@ -3175,8 +3062,8 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre \n" "el dispositivo seleccionado en el Mapeador de dispositivos.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" @@ -3184,185 +3071,185 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos usados por\n" "el Mapeador de dispositivos seleccionado.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "Dispositivo DM: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "Añadir RAID" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Añadir grupo de volúmenes" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Gráfico de dispositivo" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Guardar gráfico de dispositivo..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>" msgstr "<p>Esta vista muestra un gráfico de dispositivos.</p>" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Error al guardar el archivo del gráfico." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Gráfico de montaje" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Guardar gráfico de montaje..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>" msgstr "<p>Esta vista muestra un gráfico de puntos de montaje.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "<p>Choose the partition type for the new partition.</p>" msgstr "<p>Elija el tipo de partición para la nueva partición.</p>" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "&Partición primaria" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "Partición &extendida" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "Partición &lógica" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "Tipo de la nueva partición" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "<p>Choose the size for the new partition.</p>" msgstr "<p>Elija el tamaño para la nueva partición.</p>" -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "Tamaño de la nueva partición" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "Región personalizada" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "Primer cilindro" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "Último cilindro" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "La región introducida no es válida." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Añadir partición en %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Editar partición %1" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "No queda espacio para la partición movida %1." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "¿Mover adelante la partición %1?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "¿Mover atrás la partición %1?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "¿Mover la partición %1?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Adelante" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Atrás" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Confirmar la supresión de todas las particiones" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3370,83 +3257,82 @@ "El disco \"%1\" contiene al menos una partición.\n" "Si continúa, se suprimirán las siguientes particiones:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "¿Realmente desea suprimir todas las particiones de \"%1\"?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún disco duro." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "No es posible crear la tabla de particiones en DASD con formato LDL." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "El disco está en uso y no se puede modificar." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "Seleccione un nuevo tipo de tabla de particiones para %1." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" "¿Desea crear una nueva tabla de particiones en %1? Eliminará todos\n" -"los datos de %1, así como todos los RAID y grupos de volúmenes que usan " -"particiones en %1." +"los datos de %1, así como todos los RAID y grupos de volúmenes que usan particiones en %1." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún disco." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "¿Desea realmente suprimir el RAID BIOS %1?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir la partición RAID %1?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "No hay particiones que suprimir en este disco." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "No es posible crear una partición en %1." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ninguna partición." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3454,13 +3340,13 @@ "La partición %1 está en uso. No es posible editarla.\n" "Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "No se puede editar una partición extendida." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3468,13 +3354,13 @@ "La partición %1 ya se ha creado en el disco\n" "y no se puede mover." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "No se puede mover una partición extendida." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3482,13 +3368,13 @@ "El DM %1 está en uso. No es posible cambiar su tamaño.\n" "Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "No se puede cambiar el tamaño de una partición extendida." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3504,7 +3390,7 @@ "más particiones, Después del clonado, se borraran estas\n" "particiones.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3512,11 +3398,11 @@ "Se suprimirán las siguientes particiones\n" "y se perderán todos los datos que contengan:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir estas particiones?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3526,7 +3412,7 @@ "clonables deben tener al menos una partición.\n" "Cree alguna partición antes de clonar el disco.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3534,20 +3420,20 @@ "No se puede clonar este disco. No hay discos\n" "disponibles que puedan tener la misma distribución de particionado." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "Clonar disposición de la partición de %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "Discos de destino disponibles:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "Seleccione un disco de destino para crear el duplicado" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3555,8 +3441,8 @@ "Si ejecuta dasdfmt, se suprimirán todos los datos del disco.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea ejecutar dasdfmt en el disco %1?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3568,58 +3454,58 @@ " Las particiones actuales del disco vuelven a\n" " mostrarse.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "Añadir partición" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "Mover" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Cambiar tamaño" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "Mover…" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "Cambiar tamaño..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3627,8 +3513,8 @@ "Los discos duros, RAID de BIOS y dispositivos\n" "de múltiples rutas no se pueden mover." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3636,39 +3522,38 @@ "Los discos duros, RAID de BIOS y dispositivos\n" "de múltiples rutas no se pueden redimensionar." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Discos duros" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "Añadir partición..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los discos duros, incluidos\n" -"los discos iSCSI, RAID del BIOS y de varias vías, así como sus particiones.\n" +"los discos iSCSI, RAID del BIOS y de varias vías, así como sus particiones.</p>\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "Prueba de actividad (SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "Propiedades (hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk.</p>" @@ -3676,84 +3561,82 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre\n" "el disco duro seleccionado.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "SMART no está disponible para este disco." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "hdparm no está disponible para este disco." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "Crear nueva tabla de particiones" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "Clonar este disco" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "Ejecutar dasd&fmt en el dispositivo DASD" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "Añadir..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "Experto..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" "partitions are shown here.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Esta vista muestra todas las particiones del disco duro\n" -"seleccionado. Si el disco duro se utiliza por ejemplo en RAID del BIOS o en " -"uno de varias vías,\n" +"seleccionado. Si el disco duro se utiliza por ejemplo en RAID del BIOS o en uno de varias vías,\n" "las particiones no se mostrarán aquí.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" "software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos usados por el\n" -"disco duro seleccionado. La vista solo esta disponible para discos RAID del " -"BIOS, RAID\n" +"disco duro seleccionado. La vista solo esta disponible para discos RAID del BIOS, RAID\n" "de software con particiones y discos de varias vías.</p>\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "&Particiones" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "Disco duro: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "Partición: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition.</p>" @@ -3761,8 +3644,8 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra la información detallada de\n" "la partición seleccionada.</p>" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" @@ -3772,8 +3655,8 @@ "Linux con puntos de montaje. En la tabla se muestran\n" "los puntos de montaje antiguos.</p>\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "<p>You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3781,71 +3664,69 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Puede elegir si los volúmenes de sistema\n" "existentes, por ejemplo / y /usr, se deben formatear durante la\n" -"instalación. Los volúmenes que no son de sistema, por ejemplo /home, no se " -"formatearán.</p>" +"instalación. Los volúmenes que no son de sistema, por ejemplo /home, no se formatearán.</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "No se ha detectado ningún sistema previo con puntos de montaje." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "Mostrar &anterior" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "Mostrar &siguiente" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "Importar puntos de montaje desde el sistema existente:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "Dar formato a volúmenes de sistema" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "Importar" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "/etc/fstab encontrado en %1 contiene:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "Contraseña incorrecta." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "Confirmar la supresión de la partición utilizada por LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "La partición seleccionada se usa en el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\".\n" -"Para mantener el sistema en un estado coherente, se eliminarán el siguiente " -"grupo de volúmenes\n" +"Para mantener el sistema en un estado coherente, se eliminarán el siguiente grupo de volúmenes\n" "y sus volúmenes lógicos:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir la partición \"%1\" y el grupo de volúmenes \"%2\"?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "Confirmar la supresión de la partición usada por RAID" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3855,24 +3736,24 @@ "Para mantener el sistema en un estado coherente,\n" "se eliminará el siguiente dispositivo RAID:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir la partición \"%1\" y el RAID \"%2\"?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir todas las particiones de %1?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir %1?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3880,61 +3761,58 @@ "\n" "¿Debe eliminarse también el archivo loop %1?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "No particionado" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "No asignado" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>" msgstr "<p>Sin cambios en el particionado.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>" msgstr "<p>Cambios en el particionado:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>Sin cambios en los parámetros de almacenamiento.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>" msgstr "<p>Parámetros de almacenamiento:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>" msgstr "<p>Paquetes para instalar:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>No es necesario instalar ningún paquete.</p>" -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Nombre de vía del archivo de bucle:</b><br>Debe ser una vía absoluta " -"al archivo\n" -"que contiene los datos para el dispositivo de bucle cifrado que se debe " -"configurar.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Nombre de vía del archivo de bucle:</b><br>Debe ser una vía absoluta al archivo\n" +"que contiene los datos para el dispositivo de bucle cifrado que se debe configurar.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3942,26 +3820,23 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Crear archivo de bucle:</b><br>Si esta opción está activada, el " -"archivo se\n" -"creará con el tamaño indicado en la casilla siguiente. <b>NOTA:</b> si el " -"archivo \n" +"<p><b>Crear archivo de bucle:</b><br>Si esta opción está activada, el archivo se\n" +"creará con el tamaño indicado en la casilla siguiente. <b>NOTA:</b> si el archivo \n" "ya existe, todos los datos que contenga se perderán.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" "created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Tamaño:</b><br>Este es el tamaño del archivo de bucle. El sistema de " -"archivos\n" +"<p><b>Tamaño:</b><br>Este es el tamaño del archivo de bucle. El sistema de archivos\n" "que se creará en el dispositivo de bucle cifrado tendrá este tamaño.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>NOTE:</b> During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3970,31 +3845,28 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>NOTA:</b>durante la instalación, YaST no puede efectuar ninguna " -"comprobación\n" -"de coherencia de los tamaños de archivos ni de los nombres de vía porque no " -"se puede\n" -"acceder al sistema de archivos. Este se crea al final de la instalación. Por " -"lo tanto,\n" +"<p><b>NOTA:</b>durante la instalación, YaST no puede efectuar ninguna comprobación\n" +"de coherencia de los tamaños de archivos ni de los nombres de vía porque no se puede\n" +"acceder al sistema de archivos. Este se crea al final de la instalación. Por lo tanto,\n" "asigne los tamaños y nombres de vía con cuidado.</p>\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "Nombre de vía del archivo de bucle" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "Examinar..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "Crear archivo de bucle" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -4002,15 +3874,13 @@ "El nombre de archivo %1 no es válido.\n" "Utilice un nombre de vía absoluto.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño introducido no es válido. Tiene que introducir un tamaño de al " -"menos %1." +msgstr "El tamaño introducido no es válido. Tiene que introducir un tamaño de al menos %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -4020,47 +3890,47 @@ "para crearlo está desactivado. Utilice un archivo existente o active\n" "el indicador para crearlo." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Añadir archivo crypt" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "Editar archivo crypt %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún archivo crypt." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4068,30 +3938,30 @@ "El archivo crypt %1 está en uso. No es posible\n" "editarlo. Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Archivos crypt" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "Añadir archivo crypt..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "<p>This view shows all crypt files.</p>" msgstr "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los archivos crypt.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "Archivo crypt: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file.</p>" @@ -4099,23 +3969,23 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra información detallada del\n" " archivo crypt seleccionado.</p>" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "Introduzca un nombre para el grupo de volúmenes." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "El nombre del grupo de volúmenes supera los 128 caracteres." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "El nombre de un grupo de volúmenes no puede empezar con \"-\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4123,13 +3993,13 @@ "El nombre del grupo de volúmenes contiene caracteres ilegales. Se permiten\n" "los caracteres alfanuméricos, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" y \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "El grupo de volúmenes \"%1\" ya existe." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4137,13 +4007,13 @@ "El nombre del grupo de volumen \"%1\" tiene\n" "un conflicto con otra entrada del directorio /dev.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "Confirmar la supresión del grupo de volúmenes" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" @@ -4153,35 +4023,32 @@ "Si continúa, se desmontarán los siguientes volúmenes (si están montados)\n" "y se suprimirán:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"¿Seguro que desea suprimir el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\" y todos los " -"volúmenes lógicos relacionados?" +msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\" y todos los volúmenes lógicos relacionados?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Los datos que ha introducido no son válidos. Debe insertar un tamaño físico " -"extendido mayor que %1\n" +"Los datos que ha introducido no son válidos. Debe insertar un tamaño físico extendido mayor que %1\n" "en potencias de 2, por ejemplo, \"%2\" o \"%3\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "Seleccione un nombre para el volumen lógico." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "El nombre del volumen lógico supera los 128 caracteres." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4189,8 +4056,8 @@ "El nombre del volumen lógico contiene caracteres ilegales. Se permiten\n" "los caracteres alfanuméricos, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" y \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4198,62 +4065,56 @@ "Un volumen lógico llamado \"%1\" ya existe\n" "en el grupo de volúmenes \"%2\"." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Introduzca el nombre y el tamaño físico extendido del nuevo grupo de " -"volúmenes.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Introduzca el nombre y el tamaño físico extendido del nuevo grupo de volúmenes.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione los volúmenes físicos que debe contener el grupo de volúmenes." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seleccione los volúmenes físicos que debe contener el grupo de volúmenes.</p>" -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "Nombre de grupo de volúmenes" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "Tamaño &físico extendido" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Volúmenes físicos disponibles:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Volúmenes físicos seleccionados:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the volume group.</p>" msgstr "<p>Cambie los dispositivos utilizados para el grupo de volúmenes.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Introduzca el tamaño además del número y el tamaño\n" -"de segmentos del nuevo volumen lógico. El número de segmentos no puede ser " -"mayor\n" +"de segmentos del nuevo volumen lógico. El número de segmentos no puede ser mayor\n" "que el número de volúmenes físicos del grupo de volúmenes.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "<p>So called <b>Thin Volumes</b> can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4263,175 +4124,162 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "<p>También se pueden crear <b>volúmenes flexibles</b>\n" -"con un tamaño arbitrario de volumen. El espacio que se necesita se toma " -"según se precisa\n" +"con un tamaño arbitrario de volumen. El espacio que se necesita se toma según se precisa\n" "desde el <b>depósito flexible</b>. Se puede crear un volumen flexible mayor\n" -"que el depósito flexible. Como es lógico, cuando realmente se escriben datos " -"a un volumen\n" -"flexible, el depósito flexible asignado debe poder cumplir con las " -"necesidades de espacio.\n" +"que el depósito flexible. Como es lógico, cuando realmente se escriben datos a un volumen\n" +"flexible, el depósito flexible asignado debe poder cumplir con las necesidades de espacio.\n" "Un volumen flexible no puede tener un contador de segmentos.</p>" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "Bandas" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "Número" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Añadir volumen lógico %1 en %2" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "Cambiar tamaño del grupo de volúmenes %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "<p>Enter the name of the new logical volume.</p>" msgstr "<p>Introduzca un nombre para el nuevo volumen lógico.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Puede declarar el volumen lógico como <b>volumen normal</b>.\n" -"Esto se produce por defecto y crea volúmenes LVM normales, tal y como eran " -"antes de que existiera la función de <b>aprovisionamiento flexible</b>.\n" +"Esto se produce por defecto y crea volúmenes LVM normales, tal y como eran antes de que existiera la función de <b>aprovisionamiento flexible</b>.\n" "Si tiene dudas, esta es probablemente la elección mas adecuada.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n" -"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool.</p>" +"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Puede declarar el volumen lógico como <b>depósito flexible</b>.\n" -"De esta forma, los <b>volúmenes flexibles</b> se asignan el espacio según lo " -"necesitan de este tipo de depósito.</p>" +"De esta forma, los <b>volúmenes flexibles</b> se asignan el espacio según lo necesitan de este tipo de depósito.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool.</p>" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Puede declarar el volumen lógico como <b>volumen flexible</b>.\n" -"De esta forma, el volumen se asigna el espacio según lo necesitan de " -"<b>depósito flexible</b>.</p>" +"De esta forma, el volumen se asigna el espacio según lo necesitan de <b>depósito flexible</b>.</p>" -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "Volúmen lógico" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "Volumen normal" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "Depósito flexible" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "Volumen flexible" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "Depósito usado" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Añadir volumen lógico en %1" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Editar volumen lógico %1 en %2" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"No hay dispositivos sin usar con los que se pueda crear un grupo de " -"volúmenes.\n" +"No hay dispositivos sin usar con los que se pueda crear un grupo de volúmenes.\n" "\n" -"Para usar LVM es necesario al menos una partición sin usar del tipo 0x8e (o " -"0x83) o un\n" -"dispositivo RAID sin usar. Modifique la tabla de particiones en función de " -"ello." +"Para usar LVM es necesario al menos una partición sin usar del tipo 0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" +"dispositivo RAID sin usar. Modifique la tabla de particiones en función de ello." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún grupo de volúmenes." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "¿Realmente desea eliminar el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\"?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "Error al suprimir el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\"." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún volumen lógico." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "No hay espacio disponible en el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\"." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4439,8 +4287,8 @@ "El volumen %1 es un depósito flexible.\n" "No puede editarse." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4448,46 +4296,46 @@ "El volumen %1 se encuentra en uso.\n" "No es posible editarlo. Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "Añadir volumen lógico" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "Grupo de volúmenes" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Gestión de volúmenes" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes.</p>" @@ -4495,8 +4343,8 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los grupos de\n" "volúmenes LVM y sus volúmenes lógicos.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4504,8 +4352,8 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre\n" "el grupo de volúmenes seleccionado.\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Añada particiones a RAID. En función\n" -"del tipo de RAID, el tamaño de disco utilizable es la suma de estas " -"particiones (RAID 0), el tamaño\n" -"de la partición más pequeña (RAID 1) o bien (N-1)*partición más pequeña " -"(RAID 5).</p>\n" +"del tipo de RAID, el tamaño de disco utilizable es la suma de estas particiones (RAID 0), el tamaño\n" +"de la partición más pequeña (RAID 1) o bien (N-1)*partición más pequeña (RAID 5).</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\n" @@ -4738,86 +4566,80 @@ "<p>Generalmente la particiones deberían estar en diferentes unidades,\n" "para obtener la redundancia y el rendimiento que desea.</p>\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "Tipo de RAID" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID &0 (repartición)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID &1 (duplicación)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &5 (repartición redundante)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &6 (repartición doble redundante)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID &10 (duplicación y repartición)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "&Nombre de RAID (opcional)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivos disponibles." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.</p>\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tamaño de porción:</b><br>Es la \"unidad\" de datos más pequeña que se " -"puede escribir en los dispositivos. Un tamaño de porción razonable para RAID " -"5 es 128 KB,\n" +"<p><b>Tamaño de porción:</b><br>Es la \"unidad\" de datos más pequeña que se puede escribir en los dispositivos. Un tamaño de porción razonable para RAID 5 es 128 KB,\n" "para RAID 0 32 KB es un buen punto de inicio. Para RAID 1,\n" " este tamaño no afecta mucho a la estructura de datos.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "Algoritmo de paridad:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "El algoritmo de paridad que se usa con RAID 5/6.\n" -"Izquierda-simétrica (left-symmetric) es uno de los que ofrece el máximo " -"rendimiento en discos típicos con platos giratorios.\n" +"Izquierda-simétrica (left-symmetric) es uno de los que ofrece el máximo rendimiento en discos típicos con platos giratorios.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4825,66 +4647,66 @@ "Para obtener más detalles sobre al algoritmo \n" "de paridad, consulte la página man de mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "Tamaño de porción" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "&Algoritmo de paridad" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "Opciones RAID" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the RAID.</p>" msgstr "<p>Cambie los dispositivos utilizados por el RAID.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Añadir RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Cambiar tamaño de RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "Editar RAID %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4893,28 +4715,25 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "No es posible modificar la RAID %1 porque está en un estado inactivo.\n" -"Normalmente, esto significa que el subconjunto de dispositivos RAID es " -"demasiado pequeño\n" +"Normalmente, esto significa que el subconjunto de dispositivos RAID es demasiado pequeño\n" "para que se pueda usar la RAID.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "" -"No hay dispositivos suficientes sin usar que sean adecuados para crear un " -"RAID." +msgstr "No hay dispositivos suficientes sin usar que sean adecuados para crear un RAID." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún RAID." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4922,38 +4741,36 @@ "El RAID %1 está en uso. No es posible editarlo.\n" "Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" "El RAID %1 ya está creado en el disco. No es posible\n" -"cambiar su tamaño. Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, elimínelo y vuelva a " -"crearlo." +"cambiar su tamaño. Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, elimínelo y vuelva a crearlo." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "El RAID %1 está en uso. No es posible\n" -"cambiar su tamaño. Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, asegúrese de que no esté en " -"uso." +"cambiar su tamaño. Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "Añadir RAID..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "<p>This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs.</p>" msgstr "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los RAID, excepto los RAID del BIOS.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID.</p>" @@ -4961,8 +4778,8 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre el\n" "RAID seleccionado.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID.</p>" @@ -4970,130 +4787,123 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos\n" "usados por el RAID seleccionado.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etiqueta" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Montar por" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Usado por" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "ID del BIOS" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Información de cilindros" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Información de Fibre Channel" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Cifrado" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Etiqueta de volumen" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ID de dispositivo" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Vía de dispositivo" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "Óptima" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "Cilindro" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Montar por defecto por" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Sistema de archivos por defecto" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "Alineado de las nuevas particiones creadas" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Mostrar dispositivos de almacenamiento por" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Información visible en dispositivos de almacenamiento" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>This view shows general storage\n" "settings:</p>" @@ -5101,32 +4911,25 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra los valores de configuración\n" "generales de almacenamiento:</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n" "<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Montar por defecto por</b> indica el\n" -"método de montaje para los nuevos sistemas de archivos. <i>Nombre de " -"dispositivo</i> utiliza el nombre\n" -"de dispositivo del núcleo, que no es persistente. <i>ID de dispositivo</i> y " -"<i>Vía del dispositivo</i>\n" -"utilizan nombres generados por udev con información del hardware. Este " -"debería ser\n" -"persistente, pero lamentablemente no siempre es así. Por último <i>UUID</i> " -"y\n" -"<i>Etiqueta del volumen</i> utiliza la etiqueta y el UUID del sistema de " -"archivos.</p>\n" +"método de montaje para los nuevos sistemas de archivos. <i>Nombre de dispositivo</i> utiliza el nombre\n" +"de dispositivo del núcleo, que no es persistente. <i>ID de dispositivo</i> y <i>Vía del dispositivo</i>\n" +"utilizan nombres generados por udev con información del hardware. Este debería ser\n" +"persistente, pero lamentablemente no siempre es así. Por último <i>UUID</i> y\n" +"<i>Etiqueta del volumen</i> utiliza la etiqueta y el UUID del sistema de archivos.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n" @@ -5134,26 +4937,21 @@ "<p><b>Sistema de archivos por defecto</b> determina\n" "el tipo de sistema de archivos para los nuevos sistemas de archivos.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Alineación de nuevas particiones</b>\n" -"determina cómo se alinean las nuevas particiones. <b>cilindros</b> es la " -"alineación tradicional en los límites de los cilindros del disco. <b>óptima alinea las \n" -"particiones para obtener un mejor rendimiento en base a propuestas del " -"núcleo de Linux \n" +"determina cómo se alinean las nuevas particiones. <b>cilindros</b> es la alineación tradicional en los límites de los cilindros del disco. <b>óptima</b> alinea las \n" +"particiones para obtener un mejor rendimiento en base a propuestas del núcleo de Linux \n" "o intenta ser compatible con Windows Vista y Windows 7.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>" @@ -5161,8 +4959,8 @@ "<p><b>Mostrar dispositivos de almacenamiento por</b> controla\n" "el nombre de los discos duros que se muestra en el árbol de navegación.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>" @@ -5170,23 +4968,23 @@ "<p><b>Información visible de dispositivos de almacenamiento</b>\n" "permite ocultar información en las tablas y en la descripción general.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "<p>This view shows the installation summary.</p>" msgstr "<p>Esta vista muestra el resumen de la instalación.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "Añadir montaje de tmpfs" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún dispositivo tmpfs." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5194,18 +4992,18 @@ "\n" "Confirmar supresión de tmpfs montado en %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "Volúmenes tmpfs" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "<p>This view shows all tmpfs volumes.</p>" msgstr "<p>Esta vista muestra todos los volúmenes tmpfs</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -5213,18 +5011,18 @@ "<p>Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre\n" "el volumen tmpfs seleccionado.</p>\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs montado en %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "Releer" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "<p>This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5234,8 +5032,8 @@ "puntos de montaje asignados, discos sin particiones\n" "y grupos de volúmenes que no tienen volúmenes lógicos.</p>" -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" @@ -5243,30 +5041,30 @@ "Si vuelve a explorar los dispositivos no usados,\n" "se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales. ¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5274,17 +5072,17 @@ "No se puede crear un volumen lógico \n" "con el tamaño indicado.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "Intente reducir la cantidad de bandas del volumen." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "Solamente puede eliminar volúmenes lógicos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5292,8 +5090,8 @@ "Hay al menos una instantánea activa para este volumen.\n" "Elimine primero la instantánea." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5301,100 +5099,100 @@ "Hay al menos un volumen flexible que usa este depósito.\n" "Elimine primero el volumen flexible." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "¿Desea eliminar el volumen lógico %1?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño total: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño resultante: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "Clase" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "Superior" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "Arriba" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "Abajo" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "Inferior" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "Clasificar" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "Añadir todo" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "Eliminar todo" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "El archivo %1 no es un archivo normal." -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "El archivo %1 es demasiado grande." -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5406,55 +5204,43 @@ "El archivo debe contener lineas con una expresión regular y un nombre de\n" "clase por línea. Por ejemplo:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "Se han detectado las siguientes líneas de patrones:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "" -"¿Seguro que desea asociar los dispositivos con clases utilizando estos " -"patrones?" +msgstr "¿Seguro que desea asociar los dispositivos con clases utilizando estos patrones?" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Este cuadro de diálogo permite definir clases para los dispositivos RAID " -"incluidos\n" -"en el RAID. Las clases disponibles son A, B, C, D y E, pero en la mayoría de " -"los\n" +"<p>Este cuadro de diálogo permite definir clases para los dispositivos RAID incluidos\n" +"en el RAID. Las clases disponibles son A, B, C, D y E, pero en la mayoría de los\n" "casos se necesitarán menos clases (por ejemplo, solo A y B).</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Puede colocar un dispositivo en una clase haciendo clic con el botón " -"secundario\n" -"en el dispositivo y seleccionando la clase apropiada en el menu " -"contextual. \n" -"Con las teclas Ctrl o Mayus, puede seleccionar varios dispositivos y " -"colocarlos en una misma clase\n" -"en un único paso. También puede utilizar los botones \"%1\" a \"%2\" para " -"colocar el dispositivo \n" +"<p>Puede colocar un dispositivo en una clase haciendo clic con el botón secundario\n" +"en el dispositivo y seleccionando la clase apropiada en el menu contextual. \n" +"Con las teclas Ctrl o Mayus, puede seleccionar varios dispositivos y colocarlos en una misma clase\n" +"en un único paso. También puede utilizar los botones \"%1\" a \"%2\" para colocar el dispositivo \n" "seleccionado en esa clase.</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "<p>After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5462,8 +5248,8 @@ "<p>Después de seleccionar las clases de los dispositivos, puede \n" "ordenarlos utilizando los botones \"%1\" o \"%2\"." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "<b>Sorted</b> puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5471,206 +5257,179 @@ "<b>Ordenado</b> coloca todos los dispositivos de clase A antes\n" "de los de clase B, y así sucesivamente." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Con <b>Intercalado</b> se utiliza el primer dispositivo de clase A, luego el " -"primero\n" -"de clase B, y así con todas las clases con dispositivos asignados. A " -"continuación se sigue con el segundo de\n" +"Con <b>Intercalado</b> se utiliza el primer dispositivo de clase A, luego el primero\n" +"de clase B, y así con todas las clases con dispositivos asignados. A continuación se sigue con el segundo de\n" "clase A, el segundo de clase B y así sucesivamente." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created.</p>" msgstr "" "Todos los dispositivos sin una clase se ordenan al final de la lista.\n" -"Cuando se sale del cuadro de diálogo, el orden actual se utiliza para los " -"dispositivos del \n" +"Cuando se sale del cuadro de diálogo, el orden actual se utiliza para los dispositivos del \n" "RAID que se va a crear.</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression.</p>" msgstr "" "Al presionar \"<b>%1</b>\" puede seleccionar un archivo que contenga\n" -"líneas con expresiones regulares y nombres de clase (ej. \"sda.* A\"). " -"Todos los dispositivos \n" -"que coincidan con la expresión regular se colocarán en la clase de esta " -"línea. La expresión se compara \n" +"líneas con expresiones regulares y nombres de clase (ej. \"sda.* A\"). Todos los dispositivos \n" +"que coincidan con la expresión regular se colocarán en la clase de esta línea. La expresión se compara \n" "con el nombre del núcleo (ej. /dev/sda1), \n" -"el nombre de vía udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) y el\n" -"identificador de udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-" -"part1). \n" -"La primera coincidencia determina la clase, en caso de que un dispositivo " -"coincida con más de\n" +"el nombre de vía udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) y el\n" +"identificador de udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" +"La primera coincidencia determina la clase, en caso de que un dispositivo coincida con más de\n" "una expresión.</p>" -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "Archivo de patrones" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "Tamaño Tmpf&s" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" "Tamaño indicado no válido. Utilice un número seguido por K, M, G o %.\n" -"El valor debe ser mayor que 100 k o estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. " -"Inténtelo de nuevo." +"El valor debe ser mayor que 100 k o estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." -msgstr "" -"El valor debe estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. Inténtelo de nuevo." +msgstr "El valor debe estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 msgid "" "<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tamaño de Tmpfs:</b>\n" -"el tamaño se puede introducir por un número seguido de K, M, G para Kilo-, " -"Mega- o Gigabyte, o bien\n" -"como un número seguido de un signo de porcentaje, lo que significa un " -"porcentaje de la memoria.</p>" +"el tamaño se puede introducir por un número seguido de K, M, G para Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte, o bien\n" +"como un número seguido de un signo de porcentaje, lo que significa un porcentaje de la memoria.</p>" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "&Prioridad de intercambio" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "El valor debe estar entre 0 y 32767. Por favor inténtelo de nuevo." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 msgid "" "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Prioridad de intercambio:</b>\n" -"Introduzca la prioridad de intercambio. Cuanto más alto sea el número, mayor " -"la prioridad.</p>\n" +"Introduzca la prioridad de intercambio. Cuanto más alto sea el número, mayor la prioridad.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Monta&r solo lectura" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Montar solo lectura:</b>\n" -"No es posible escribir en el sistema de archivos. La opción por defecto es " -"\"false\". Durante la instalación\n" +"No es posible escribir en el sistema de archivos. La opción por defecto es \"false\". Durante la instalación\n" "el sistema de archivos se monta siempre en modo lectura-escritura.</p>" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Sin hora de &acceso" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 msgid "" "<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Sin hora de acceso:</b>\n" -"La hora del acceso no se actualiza cuando se lee un archivo. La opción por " -"defecto es false.</p>\n" +"La hora del acceso no se actualiza cuando se lee un archivo. La opción por defecto es false.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "El usuario puede montarla" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "" "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Capaz de ser montado por un usuario:</b>\n" -"El sistema de archivos puede ser montado por un usuario normal. La opción " -"por defecto es 'false'.</p>\n" +"El sistema de archivos puede ser montado por un usuario normal. La opción por defecto es 'false'.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "No montar durante el &inicio del sistema" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 msgid "" "<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>No montar durante el inicio del sistema:</b>\n" "El sistema de archivos no se monta automáticamente al iniciarse el sistema.\n" "Se crea una entrada en /etc/fstab y el sistema de archivos se monta\n" -"con las opciones apropiadas cuando se introduce el comando <tt>mount <" -"punto_montaje></tt>\n" -"(<punto_montaje> es el directorio en el que se monta el sistema de " -"archivos). La opción por defecto es false.</p>\n" +"con las opciones apropiadas cuando se introduce el comando <tt>mount <punto_montaje></tt>\n" +"(<punto_montaje> es el directorio en el que se monta el sistema de archivos). La opción por defecto es false.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Habilitar uso de &cuotas de disco" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5680,44 +5439,37 @@ "El sistema de archivos se monta con cuotas de usuario habilitadas.\n" "Por defecto, esta opción está desactivada (false)</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Modo &transaccional de datos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 msgid "" "<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact.<br>\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"</p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Modo transaccional de datos:</b>\n" "Especifica el modo transaccional para los datos de archivos.\n" -"<tt>journal</tt> -- Todos los datos se incluyen en el registro de " -"transacciones antes de\n" -"que se escriban en el sistema principal de archivos. Con alto impacto en el " -"rendimiento.<br>\n" -"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Se fuerza la salida directa de todos los datos del " -"sistema principal de archivos\n" -"antes de que los metadatos se escriban en el registro. Medio impacto en el " -"rendimiento.<br>\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Las peticiones de datos no se conservan. Sin impacto " -"en el rendimiento.</p>\n" +"<tt>journal</tt> -- Todos los datos se incluyen en el registro de transacciones antes de\n" +"que se escriban en el sistema principal de archivos. Con alto impacto en el rendimiento.<br>\n" +"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Se fuerza la salida directa de todos los datos del sistema principal de archivos\n" +"antes de que los metadatos se escriban en el registro. Medio impacto en el rendimiento.<br>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Las peticiones de datos no se conservan. Sin impacto en el rendimiento.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "Listas de control de &acceso (ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5725,13 +5477,13 @@ "<p><b>Listas de control de acceso (ACL)</b>\n" "Habilita las listas de control de acceso en el sistema de archivos.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "Atributos &extendidos de usuario" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 msgid "" "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5739,184 +5491,153 @@ "<p><b>Atributos extendidos de usuario:</b>\n" "Permite los atributos extendidos de usuario en el sistema de archivos.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "&Valor de opción arbitrario" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Caracteres no válidos en el valor de una opción arbitraria. No utilice " -"espacios ni tabuladores. Inténtelo de nuevo." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Caracteres no válidos en el valor de una opción arbitraria. No utilice espacios ni tabuladores. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 msgid "" "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Valor de opción arbitrario:</b>\n" -"En este campo debe escribir cualquier opción de montaje permitida en el " -"cuarto campo de /etc/fstab.\n" +"En este campo debe escribir cualquier opción de montaje permitida en el cuarto campo de /etc/fstab.\n" "Si introduce varias opciones, sepárelas mediante comas.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Conjunto de car&acteres para los nombres de archivos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 msgid "" "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Conjunto de caracteres para los nombres de archivos:</b>\n" -"Defina el conjunto de caracteres que se usará para mostrar los nombres de " -"archivos en las particiones Windows.</p>\n" +"Defina el conjunto de caracteres que se usará para mostrar los nombres de archivos en las particiones Windows.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Página de có&digo para nombres FAT cortos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 msgid "" "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.</p>\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Página de código para nombres FAT cortos:</b>\n" -"Esta página de código se usa para convertir a caracteres de nombres cortos " -"en sistemas de archivos FAT.</p>\n" +"Esta página de código se usa para convertir a caracteres de nombres cortos en sistemas de archivos FAT.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Número de &FATS" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 msgid "" "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2.</p>" +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Número de FATS:</b>\n" -"especifica el número de tablas de localización de archivos en el sistema de " -"archivos. Por defecto toma el valor 2.</p>" +"especifica el número de tablas de localización de archivos en el sistema de archivos. Por defecto toma el valor 2.</p>" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "Tamaño de &FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 msgid "" "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.</p>\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tamaño de FAT:</b>\n" -"Especifica el tipo de tablas de asignación de archivos usado (12, 16 o 32 " -"bits). Si se especifica la opción automática, YaST seleccionará " -"automáticamente el valor más adecuado para el tamaño del sistema de archivos." -"</p>\n" +"Especifica el tipo de tablas de asignación de archivos usado (12, 16 o 32 bits). Si se especifica la opción automática, YaST seleccionará automáticamente el valor más adecuado para el tamaño del sistema de archivos.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Entradas para el &directorio raíz" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño mínimo para \"Entradas para el directorio raíz\" es de 112. " -"Inténtelo de nuevo." +msgstr "El tamaño mínimo para \"Entradas para el directorio raíz\" es de 112. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "" "<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Entradas para el directorio raíz:</b>\n" -"Permite seleccionar el número de entradas disponibles en el directorio raíz." -"</p>\n" +"Permite seleccionar el número de entradas disponibles en el directorio raíz.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "&Función Hash" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 msgid "" "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.</p>\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Función Hash:</b>\n" -"Especifica el nombre de la función hash que se utilizará para clasificar los " -"nombres de archivos en los directorios.</p>\n" +"Especifica el nombre de la función hash que se utilizará para clasificar los nombres de archivos en los directorios.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&Revisión del sistema de archivos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 msgid "" "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.</p>\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Revisión del sistema de archivos:</b>\n" -"Esta opción define la revisión de formato reiserfs que se va a utilizar. El " -"valor 3.5 se utiliza solo para aportar compatibilidad con los núcleos de las " -"series 2.2.x. La opción 3.6 es más reciente, pero solo puede utilizarse con " -"versiones del núcleo iguales o superiores a la serie 2.4.</p>\n" +"Esta opción define la revisión de formato reiserfs que se va a utilizar. El valor 3.5 se utiliza solo para aportar compatibilidad con los núcleos de las series 2.2.x. La opción 3.6 es más reciente, pero solo puede utilizarse con versiones del núcleo iguales o superiores a la serie 2.4.</p>\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Tamaño del bloque en byte&s" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tamaño del bloque:</b>\n" -"Especifica el tamaño de los bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos son 512, " -"1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Con la opción automática, se utiliza el " -"tamaño de bloque por defecto: 4096 bytes.</p>\n" +"Especifica el tamaño de los bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos son 512, 1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Con la opción automática, se utiliza el tamaño de bloque por defecto: 4096 bytes.</p>\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Tamaño de &inodo" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5924,49 +5645,45 @@ "<p><b>Tamaño de inodo:</b>\n" "Esta opción especifica el tamaño de los inodos del sistema de archivos.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Porcentaje de espacio de inodos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Porcentaje de espacio de inodos:</b>\n" -"Esta opción especifica el porcentaje máximo de espacio que se puede reservar " -"para los inodos en el sistema de archivos.</p>\n" +"Esta opción especifica el porcentaje máximo de espacio que se puede reservar para los inodos en el sistema de archivos.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "&Alineado de inodos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Alineado de inodos</b>\n" -"Esta opción se usa para especificar si la adjudicación de inodos está " -"alineada o no.\n" +"Esta opción se usa para especificar si la adjudicación de inodos está alineada o no.\n" "Por defecto, los inodos se alinearán. El acceso alineado a los inodos\n" "es normalmente más eficiente que el acceso desalineado.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&Tamaño del registro en megabytes" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5974,30 +5691,28 @@ "El valor de \"tamaño del registro\" no es correcto.\n" "Introduzca un valor mayor que cero.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 msgid "" "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.</p>\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tamaño del registro</b>\n" -"Determina el tamaño del registro (en megabytes). Si se selecciona la opción " -"automática, se utilizará por defecto el 40 % del tamaño agregado.</p>\n" +"Determina el tamaño del registro (en megabytes). Si se selecciona la opción automática, se utilizará por defecto el 40 % del tamaño agregado.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Invocar &utilidad que lista bloques erróneos" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "&Longitud del segmento en bloques" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -6005,8 +5720,8 @@ "El valor de \"Longitud del segmento en bloques\" no es válido.\n" "Seleccione un valor mayor que 1.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 msgid "" "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -6014,32 +5729,25 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Longitud del paso en bloques:</b>\n" -"Determine las opciones relacionadas con raid para el sistema de archivos. " -"Actualmente el único argumento soportado\n" -"es 'paso', en inglés 'stride', que toma como argumento el número de bloques " -"en un listado RAID.</p>\n" +"Determine las opciones relacionadas con raid para el sistema de archivos. Actualmente el único argumento soportado\n" +"es 'paso', en inglés 'stride', que toma como argumento el número de bloques en un listado RAID.</p>\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tamaño del bloque:</b>\n" -"Especifica el tamaño de los bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos de bloque " -"son 1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Si se selecciona la opción " -"automática, el tamaño del bloque lo determina el tamaño del sistema de " -"archivos y el uso estimado del mismo.</p>\n" +"Especifica el tamaño de los bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos de bloque son 1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Si se selecciona la opción automática, el tamaño del bloque lo determina el tamaño del sistema de archivos y el uso estimado del mismo.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Bytes por &inodo" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 msgid "" "<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -6047,8 +5755,7 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Bytes por inodo:</b>\n" @@ -6058,93 +5765,79 @@ "este valor no debería ser menor que el tamaño de bloque del sistema de\n" "archivos, ya que de lo contrario se creará una gran cantidad de inodos.\n" "Tenga en cuenta que no se puede modificar el número de inodos de un sistema\n" -"de archivos una vez que este se ha creado, asegúrese de introducir el valor " -"correcto para este parámetro.</p>\n" +"de archivos una vez que este se ha creado, asegúrese de introducir el valor correcto para este parámetro.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Porcentaje de bloques &reservados para la raíz" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" msgstr "" -"El valor de \"Porcentaje de bloques reservados para la raíz\" no es " -"correcto.\n" +"El valor de \"Porcentaje de bloques reservados para la raíz\" no es correcto.\n" "Debe utilizar un numero flotante no mayor que 99 (por ejemplo, 0,5).\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Porcentaje de bloques reservados para la raíz:</b> Especifica el " -"porcentaje de bloques reservados para el superusuario. Por defecto se " -"reserva 1 gigabyte. El límite superior para la reserva por defecto es de " -"5,0, el límite inferior es de 0,1.</p>" +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 +msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Porcentaje de bloques reservados para la raíz:</b> Especifica el porcentaje de bloques reservados para el superusuario. Por defecto se reserva 1 gigabyte. El límite superior para la reserva por defecto es de 5,0, el límite inferior es de 0,1.</p>" -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Desactivar comprobaciones regulares" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Desactivar las comprobaciones regulares:</b>\n" -"Desactiva las comprobaciones del sistema de archivos durante el arranque.\n" +"Desactiva las comprobaciones del sistema de archivos durante el arranque.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "Función de ín&dice de directorio" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 msgid "" "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Índice de directorio:</b>\n" -"Permite el uso de árboles B con la función hash para acelerar las búsquedas " -"en directorios de gran tamaño.</p>\n" +"Permite el uso de árboles B con la función hash para acelerar las búsquedas en directorios de gran tamaño.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&Sin respaldo de transacciones" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 msgid "" "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Sin respaldo de transacciones:</b>\n" -"se suprime el uso del respaldo de transacciones en el sistema de archivos. " -"Actívelo sólo si sabe\n" +"se suprime el uso del respaldo de transacciones en el sistema de archivos. Actívelo sólo si sabe\n" "realmente lo que está haciendo.</p>\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "Operación no permitida en el disco %{device}.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6161,12 +5854,11 @@ "(el disco tiene formato LDL).\n" "\n" "Puede utilizar las particiones del disco %{device} en su estado actual o\n" -"darles formato y asignarles puntos de montaje, pero no podrá añadir, " -"eliminar ni cambiar el tamaño de las\n" +"darles formato y asignarles puntos de montaje, pero no podrá añadir, eliminar ni cambiar el tamaño de las\n" "particiones del disco desde aquí.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6183,12 +5875,11 @@ "o las particiones no son compatibles con la herramienta.\n" "\n" "Puede utilizar las particiones del disco %{device} en su estado actual o\n" -"darles formato y asignarles puntos de montaje, pero no podrá añadir, " -"eliminar ni cambiar el tamaño de las\n" +"darles formato y asignarles puntos de montaje, pero no podrá añadir, eliminar ni cambiar el tamaño de las\n" "particiones del disco desde aquí.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6208,8 +5899,8 @@ "o formatearla y asignar un punto de montaje, pero no es posible\n" "cambiar el tamaño de la partición ni eliminar del disco desde aquí.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6220,13 +5911,11 @@ "\n" "\n" "Puede iniciar la tabla de particiones del disco a un estado correcto con \n" -"el Particionador en modo experto seleccionando \"Experto\"->\"Crear nueva " -"tabla de particiones\",\n" -"pero esta acción destruirá los datos de todas las particiones de este " -"disco.\n" +"el Particionador en modo experto seleccionando \"Experto\"->\"Crear nueva tabla de particiones\",\n" +"pero esta acción destruirá los datos de todas las particiones de este disco.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6238,26 +5927,26 @@ "Puede ignorar este mensaje si no va a usar este disco\n" "durante la instalación.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Imposible cambiar de tamaño:" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6269,8 +5958,8 @@ "\n" "Puede que la contraseña de cifrado sea incorrecta.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6280,38 +5969,37 @@ "no coinciden.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Try again." msgstr "" "La contraseña solo puede contener los siguientes caracteres:\n" -"0..9, a..z, A..Z y cualquiera de los siguientes: \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^" -"\\<>\".\n" +"0..9, a..z, A..Z y cualquiera de los siguientes: \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Introduzca una contraseña de cifrado:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Los siguientes volúmenes cifrados ya están disponibles." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Activación del volumen cifrado" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6323,12 +6011,12 @@ "Es preciso conocer las contraseñas si los volúmenes son necesarios\n" "durante una actualización o si contienen un volumen físico LVM cifrado." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "¿Desea suministrar las contraseñas de cifrado?" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6338,73 +6026,70 @@ "dispositivo de la lista de dispositivos bloqueados.\n" "La contraseña se probará en todos los dispositivos." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Introducir la contraseña de cifrado" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "No hay volúmenes cifrados que desbloquear." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Proporcione la contraseña para alguno de los dispositivos siguientes:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Proporcione la contraseña para el siguiente dispositivo:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Intentando desbloquear los volúmenes cifrados..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "La contraseña no desbloquea ningún volumen." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Disco IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Disco SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disco" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "RAID DM" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "RAID MD" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Error al instalar los paquetes requeridos." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "¿Desea continuar a pesar del error?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"No es posible crear particiones, ya que se están usando otras particiones " -"del disco." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "No es posible crear particiones, ya que se están usando otras particiones del disco." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6414,7 +6099,7 @@ "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser modificado porque contiene una partición\n" "de intercambio activa que se necesita para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6424,7 +6109,7 @@ "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser modificado porque contiene información\n" "necesaria para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6434,7 +6119,7 @@ "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser eliminado porque contiene una\n" "partición de intercambio activa necesaria para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6444,7 +6129,7 @@ "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser eliminado porque contiene\n" "información necesaria para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6452,25 +6137,22 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El dispositivo %1 no se puede eliminar porque cambiaría de forma indirecta " -"el \n" -"dispositivo %2, que contiene una participación de intercambio activada " -"necesaria \n" +"El dispositivo %1 no se puede eliminar porque cambiaría de forma indirecta el \n" +"dispositivo %2, que contiene una participación de intercambio activada necesaria \n" "para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El dispositivo %1 no se puede eliminar porque cambiaría de forma indirecta " -"el \n" +"El dispositivo %1 no se puede eliminar porque cambiaría de forma indirecta el \n" "dispositivo %2, que contiene información necesaria para la instalación.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6480,114 +6162,114 @@ "No se puede eliminar la partición %1 porque se están usando\n" "otras particiones del disco %2.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "No hay nada asignado para el sistema de archivos raíz." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Casi con certeza, la instalación sufrirá un error grave." -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Error al añadir los siguientes elementos de resolución: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "Error durante la siguiente acción:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "El código de error de sistema es el siguiente: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "&Introduzca una contraseña para el dispositivo %1:" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "Cif." -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "Tipo FS" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "Inicio" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "Fin" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "ID del sistema de archivos" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "Etiqueta del disco" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Metadatos" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "Tamaño PE" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "Versión de RAID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "Algoritmos de paridad" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Fabricante" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modelo" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "<b>BIOS ID</b> shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6595,8 +6277,8 @@ "<b>ID del BIOS</b> muestra el ID del BIOS del disco\n" "duro. Este campo puede estar vacío." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "<b>Bus</b> shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." @@ -6604,8 +6286,8 @@ "<b>Bus</b> muestra cómo se conecta el dispositivo al\n" "sistema. Este campo puede estar vacío, por ejemplo, para discos multipath." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "<b>Chunk Size</b> shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6613,8 +6295,8 @@ "<b>Tamaño de porción</b> muestra el tamaño de porción \n" "de los dispositivos RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "<b>Cylinder Size</b> shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6622,8 +6304,8 @@ "<b>Tamaño de cilindro</b> muestra el tamaño\n" "de los cilindros del disco duro." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "<b>Sector Size</b> shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6631,8 +6313,8 @@ "<b>Tamaño de sector<b> muestra el tamaño de\n" "los sectores en el disco duro." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "<b>Device</b> shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6640,8 +6322,8 @@ "<b>Dispositivo</b> muestra en nombre de núcleo\n" "del dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "<b>Disk Label</b> shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6649,8 +6331,8 @@ "<b>Etiqueta del disco</b> muestra el tipo de tabla de\n" "particiones del disco, por ejemplo, <tt>MSDOS</tt> o <tt>GPT</tt>." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "<b>Encrypted</b> shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6658,8 +6340,8 @@ "<b>Cifrado</b> muestra si el dispositivo está\n" "cifrado." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "<b>End Cylinder</b> shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6667,8 +6349,8 @@ "<b>Cilindro final</b> muestra el cilindro final de\n" "la partición." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "<b>LUN</b> shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6676,8 +6358,8 @@ "<b>LUN</b> muestra el número de unidad lógica de\n" "los discos Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "<b>Port ID</b> shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6685,8 +6367,8 @@ "<b>ID de puerto</b> muestra el ID de puerto de\n" "los discos Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "<b>WWPN</b> shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6694,8 +6376,8 @@ "<b>WWPN</b> muestra el nombre de puerto mundial de \n" "los discos Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "<b>File Path</b> shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6703,8 +6385,8 @@ "<b>Vía de archivo</b> muestra la vía de archivo\n" "de un dispositivo de bucle cifrado." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "<b>Format</b> shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6712,20 +6394,18 @@ "<b>Formato</b> muestra algunos indicadores: <tt>F</tt>\n" "significa que el dispositivo está seleccionado para formatearlo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "<b>FS ID</b> shows the file system id." -msgstr "" -"<b>ID del sistema de archivos</b> muestra el identificador del sistema de " -"archivos." +msgstr "<b>ID del sistema de archivos</b> muestra el identificador del sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "<b>FS Type</b> shows the file system type." msgstr "<b>Tipo FS</b> muestra el tipo de sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "<b>Label</b> shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6733,8 +6413,8 @@ "<b>Etiqueta</b> muestra la etiqueta del\n" "sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "<b>Metadata</b> shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6742,43 +6422,37 @@ "<b>Metadatos</b> muestra el tipo de metadatos\n" "LVM de los grupos de volúmenes." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "<b>Model</b> shows the device model." msgstr "<b>Modelo</b> muestra el modelo del dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "<b>Montar por</b> indica el modo en que se monta el sistema\n" -"de archivos: (Núcleo) por nombre del núcleo, (Etiqueta) por etiqueta, (UUID) " -"por\n" -"el UUID del sistema de archivos, (ID) por el identificador del dispositivo y " -"(Vía) por la vía del dispositivo.\n" +"de archivos: (Núcleo) por nombre del núcleo, (Etiqueta) por etiqueta, (UUID) por\n" +"el UUID del sistema de archivos, (ID) por el identificador del dispositivo y (Vía) por la vía del dispositivo.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Un signo de interrogación (?) indica que\n" -"el sistema de archivos no aparece en la lista de <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>, bien " -"porque se monta\n" -"de manera manual o por algún sistema de montaje automático. Al cambiar las " -"preferencias\n" +"el sistema de archivos no aparece en la lista de <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>, bien porque se monta\n" +"de manera manual o por algún sistema de montaje automático. Al cambiar las preferencias\n" "de este volumen, YaST no actualizará <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "<b>Mount Point</b> shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6786,21 +6460,19 @@ "<b>Punto de montaje</b> muestra dónde se monta\n" "el sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Un asterisco (*) tras el punto de montaje indica un sistema \n" "de archivos que no está montado\n" -"actualmente (por ejemplo, porque la opción <tt>noauto</tt> está definida en " -"<tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." +"actualmente (por ejemplo, porque la opción <tt>noauto</tt> está definida en <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "<b>Number of Cylinders</b> shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6808,8 +6480,8 @@ "<b>Número de cilindros</b> muestra cuántos\n" "cilindros tiene el disco duro." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "<b>Parity Algorithm</b> shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6817,8 +6489,8 @@ "<b>Algoritmo de paridad</b> muestra el\n" "algoritmo de paridad para los dispositivos RAID tipo 5, 6 o 10." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "<b>PE Size</b> shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6826,13 +6498,13 @@ "<b>Tamaño de PE</b> muestra el tamaño de la extensión física\n" "de los grupos de volúmenes LVM." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "<b>RAID Version</b> shows the RAID version." msgstr "<b>Versión de RAID</b> muestra la versión de RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "<b>RAID Type</b> shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6840,13 +6512,13 @@ "<b>Tipo RAID</b> muestra el tipo de RAID, también\n" "llamado \"nivel RAID\", de los dispositivos RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "<b>Size</b> shows the size of the device." msgstr "<b>Tamaño</b> muestra el tamaño del dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "<b>Start Cylinder</b> shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6854,18 +6526,17 @@ "<b>Cilindro inicial</b> muestra el primer\n" "cilindro de la partición." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "<b>Stripes</b> shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "<b>Segmentos</b> muestra el número de segmento de los volúmenes lógicos\n" -"LVM y, si es mayor de uno, se indica entre paréntesis el tamaño del " -"segmento.\n" +"LVM y, si es mayor de uno, se indica entre paréntesis el tamaño del segmento.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "<b>Type</b> gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6873,8 +6544,8 @@ "<b>Tipo</b> muestra una descripción general sobre el\n" "tipo de dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "<b>Device ID</b> shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6882,8 +6553,8 @@ "<b>ID del dispositivo</b> muestra el identificador persistente\n" "del dispositivo. Este campo no puede estar vacío.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "<b>Device Path</b> shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6891,18 +6562,17 @@ "<b>Vía del dispositivo</b> muestra la vía persistente\n" "del dispositivo. Este campo puede estar vacío." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "<b>Used By</b> shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" msgstr "" "<b>Usado por</b> indica si un dispositivo se está\n" -"usando, por ejemplo, por un sistema RAID o LVM. En caso contrario, esta " -"columna estará vacía.\n" +"usando, por ejemplo, por un sistema RAID o LVM. En caso contrario, esta columna estará vacía.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "<b>UUID</b> shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6910,246 +6580,245 @@ "<b>UUID</b> muestra el identificador exclusivo universal\n" "del sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "<b>Vendor</b> shows the device vendor." msgstr "<b>Proveedor</b> muestra el proveedor del dispositivo." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "Dispositivo: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "DISCO %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "Formato: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "Cifrado: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "Sistema de archivos: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "Punto de montaje: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "Montado por: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "Usado por %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "Etiqueta: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "Vía de dispositivo: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "ID de dispositivo: %1 %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "ID del BIOS: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "Etiqueta del disco: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "Proveedor: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "Modelo: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "Bus: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "Metadatos: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño PE: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "Bandas: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "Versión de RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo de RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño de porción: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "Algoritmo de paridad: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "Número de cilindros: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño del cilindro: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Primer cilindro: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Último cilindro: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño de sector: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "ID del sistema de archivos: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "Vía del archivo: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "ID de puerto: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "<p>The table contains:</p>" msgstr "<p>La tabla contiene:</p>" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "Dispositivo:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "Sistema de archivos:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "Disco duro:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "Fibre Channel:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "<p>The overview contains:</p>" msgstr "<p>La descripción general contiene:</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"El subsistema de almacenamiento está bloqueado por una aplicación " -"desconocida.\n" +"El subsistema de almacenamiento está bloqueado por una aplicación desconocida.\n" "Debe cerrar dicha aplicación antes de continuar." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7157,49 +6826,44 @@ "El sistema de almacenamiento está bloqueado por la aplicación \"%1\" (%2).\n" "Debe cerrar dicha aplicación antes de continuar." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"No es posible cambiar el tamaño porque el sistema de archivos no es " -"coherente. Compruebe el sistema de archivos desde Windows." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "No es posible cambiar el tamaño porque el sistema de archivos no es coherente. Compruebe el sistema de archivos desde Windows." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Sistema de archivos de la partición raíz" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Sistema de archivos de la partición de inicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Aumentar tamaño de archivo de intercambio para &suspensión" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Configuración de propuesta" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 msgid "" "<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Seleccione <b>Propuesta basada en particiones</b> si no quiere usar LVM.\n" -"Seleccione <b>Propuesta basada en LVM</b> para LVM normal y <b>Propuesta " -"basada en LVM\n" +"Seleccione <b>Propuesta basada en LVM</b> para LVM normal y <b>Propuesta basada en LVM\n" "cifrado</b> si desea que el sistema esté cifrado.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 msgid "" "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7211,99 +6875,97 @@ "BtrFS, la propuesta puede habilitar instantáneas automáticas con Snapper.\n" "Esto también aumentará el tamaño de la partición raíz.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 msgid "" "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>La propuesta puede crear una partición de inicio separada. El sistema\n" -"de archivos de la partición de inicio se puede seleccionar con el cuadro de " -"selección correspondiente.</p>" +"de archivos de la partición de inicio se puede seleccionar con el cuadro de selección correspondiente.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 msgid "" "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>El tamaño de la partición de intercambio se puede aumentar lo suficiente\n" -"como para que se pueda usar a fin de suspender el sistema en disco en la " -"mayoría de los casos.</p>" +"como para que se pueda usar a fin de suspender el sistema en disco en la mayoría de los casos.</p>" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña para el cifrado propuesto." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Contraseña:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Vuelva a introducir la contraseña para verificarla:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "&Propuesta basada en particiones" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Propuesta basada en &LVM" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Propuesta basada en LVM &cifrado" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Montar por defecto:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Sistema de archivos por defecto:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Mostrar dispositivos de almacenamiento por:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Alineado de particiones:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Información visible en dispositivos de almacenamiento:" -#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description -#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description +#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 msgid "first root filesystem" msgstr "primer sistema de archivos raíz"